|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
449
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OCCULT 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
55 N_(" Occult completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
71 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
72 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
73 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
74 };
|
|
|
75
|
|
464
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 /*
|
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
85 */
|
|
464
|
86 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
87 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
89
|
|
|
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
91 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
|
92 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
93
|
|
464
|
94 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
95 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
96 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
97 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
98 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
99 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
100 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
101 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
102 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
104 * completion started */
|
|
|
105 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
106 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
107
|
|
|
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
109 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
7
|
110 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
111 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
112 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
113 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
114 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
115 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
116 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
117 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
118 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
119 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
120 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
121 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
122 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
123 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
125 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
126 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
127 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
128 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
130 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
131 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
132 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
133 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
134 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
135 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
136 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
137 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
138 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 #endif
|
|
7
|
140 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
141 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
142 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
143 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
144 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
145 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
147 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
148 #endif
|
|
|
149 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
150 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
151 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
152 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
153 #endif
|
|
|
154 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
155 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
156 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
157 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
158 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
159 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
160 #endif
|
|
|
161 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
162 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
163 #endif
|
|
449
|
164 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
165 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
166 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
167 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
168 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
169 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
170 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
171 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
172 #endif
|
|
|
173 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
175 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
176 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
177 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
180 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
181 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
182 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
183 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
184 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
185 #endif
|
|
|
186 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
187 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
188 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
189 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
190 #endif
|
|
|
191 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
192 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
193 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
194 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
195 #endif
|
|
|
196 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
199 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
201 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
202 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
203 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
204 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
207 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
208 #endif
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
213 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
214 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
215 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
216 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
217 #endif
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
219 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
220 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
221 #endif
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
223 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
224 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
225 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
227 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
228 under the cursor */
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 /*
|
|
|
231 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
232 *
|
|
|
233 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
234 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
235 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
236 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
237 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
238 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
239 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
240 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
241 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
242 *
|
|
|
243 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
244 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
245 *
|
|
|
246 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
247 */
|
|
|
248 int
|
|
|
249 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
250 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
251 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
252 long count;
|
|
|
253 {
|
|
|
254 int c = 0;
|
|
|
255 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
256 int lastc;
|
|
|
257 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
258 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
259 int i;
|
|
|
260 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
261 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
262 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
263 #endif
|
|
|
264 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
265 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
266 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
267 #endif
|
|
|
268 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
269 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
270 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
477
|
271 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
272
|
|
|
273 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
274 * error message */
|
|
|
275 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
277 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
278 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
279 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
280 {
|
|
|
281 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
282 return FALSE;
|
|
|
283 }
|
|
|
284 #endif
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
287 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
288 #endif
|
|
|
289
|
|
11
|
290 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
291 /*
|
|
|
292 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
293 */
|
|
|
294 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
295 {
|
|
|
296 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
297 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
298 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
299 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
300 else
|
|
|
301 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
302 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
|
303 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
304 }
|
|
|
305 #endif
|
|
|
306
|
|
7
|
307 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
308 /*
|
|
|
309 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
310 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
311 */
|
|
|
312 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
313 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
314 else
|
|
|
315 #endif
|
|
|
316 {
|
|
|
317 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
318 if (startln)
|
|
|
319 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
320 }
|
|
|
321 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
322 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
323 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
324 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
326 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
327 {
|
|
|
328 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
329 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
330 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
331 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
334 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
335 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
336 }
|
|
|
337 else
|
|
|
338 #endif
|
|
|
339 {
|
|
|
340 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
341 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
342 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
343 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
344 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
345 }
|
|
|
346 }
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
348 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
349 {
|
|
|
350 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
351 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
352 {
|
|
|
353 beep_flush();
|
|
|
354 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
355 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
356 }
|
|
|
357 else
|
|
|
358 #endif
|
|
|
359 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
360 }
|
|
|
361 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
362 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
363 {
|
|
|
364 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
365 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
366 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
367 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
368 }
|
|
|
369 #endif
|
|
|
370 else
|
|
|
371 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
373 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
375 /*
|
|
|
376 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
377 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
378 */
|
|
|
379 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
381 /*
|
|
|
382 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
383 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
384 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
385 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
386 */
|
|
|
387 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
388 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
389 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
390 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
391 #endif
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
394 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
395 #endif
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
398 setmouse();
|
|
|
399 #endif
|
|
|
400 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
401 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
402 #endif
|
|
|
403 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
404 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
405 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
406 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
407 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
408 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
409 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
410 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
411 #endif
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 /*
|
|
|
414 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
415 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
416 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
417 */
|
|
|
418 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
419 {
|
|
|
420 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
421 /*
|
|
|
422 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
423 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
424 */
|
|
|
425 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
426 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
427 else
|
|
|
428 #endif
|
|
|
429 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
430 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
432 /*
|
|
|
433 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
434 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
435 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
436 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
437 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
438 */
|
|
|
439 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
440 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
441 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
442 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
443 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
444 {
|
|
|
445 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
446 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
448 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
449 {
|
|
474
|
450 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
451 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
452 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
453 }
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455 }
|
|
230
|
456 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
457 }
|
|
|
458 else
|
|
|
459 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
461 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
462 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
465 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
467 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
468 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
469 #endif
|
|
|
470 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
471 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
472 #endif
|
|
|
473 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
474 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
475 * restarting. */
|
|
|
476 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
477 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
478 #endif
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 /*
|
|
|
481 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
482 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
483 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
484 */
|
|
|
485 i = 0;
|
|
|
486 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
487 i = showmode();
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
490 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
493 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
494 #endif
|
|
|
495 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
496 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
497 #endif
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 /*
|
|
|
500 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
501 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
502 */
|
|
|
503 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
504 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
505 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
506 else
|
|
|
507 {
|
|
|
508 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
509 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
510 }
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 /*
|
|
|
515 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
516 */
|
|
|
517 for (;;)
|
|
|
518 {
|
|
|
519 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
520 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
521 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
522 else
|
|
|
523 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
524 #endif
|
|
|
525 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
526 count = 0;
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
529 {
|
|
|
530 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
531 count = 0;
|
|
|
532 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
536 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
537 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
540 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
541 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
542 {
|
|
|
543 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
544 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
545 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
546 }
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
548 /*
|
|
|
549 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
550 */
|
|
|
551 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
554 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
555 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
556 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
557 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
558 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
559 #endif
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
561 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
562 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
563 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
564 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
565 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
566 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
567 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
568 #endif
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 /*
|
|
|
571 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
572 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
573 * redraw.
|
|
|
574 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
575 * something.
|
|
|
576 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
577 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
578 */
|
|
|
579 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
580 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
581 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
582 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
583 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
584 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
585 #endif
|
|
|
586 )
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
589 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
591 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
592 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
593 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
594 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
595 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
596 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
597 #endif
|
|
|
598 ))
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
601 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
602 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
603 else
|
|
|
604 #endif
|
|
|
605 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
606 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
607 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
608 else
|
|
|
609 #endif
|
|
|
610 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
611 }
|
|
|
612 }
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
615 update_topline();
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 /*
|
|
|
622 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
623 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
624 */
|
|
|
625 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
628 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
629 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
630 #endif
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 update_curswant();
|
|
|
633 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
634 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
635 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
636 #endif
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
638 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
639 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
640 #endif
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 /*
|
|
|
643 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
644 */
|
|
|
645 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
646 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
649 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
650 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
651 #endif
|
|
|
652 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
653 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
654 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
655 #endif
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
658 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
659 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
464
|
660 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
|
|
661 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
7
|
662 #endif
|
|
|
663
|
|
477
|
664 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
665 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
666 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
667 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
668 {
|
|
|
669 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
670 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
671 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
672 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
673 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
674 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
675 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
676 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
677 {
|
|
477
|
678 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
679 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
680 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
681 }
|
|
|
682 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
683 continue;
|
|
|
684 else
|
|
|
685 {
|
|
477
|
686 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
687 {
|
|
|
688 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
689 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
690 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
691 }
|
|
7
|
692 count = 0;
|
|
|
693 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
694 }
|
|
|
695 }
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
697 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
698 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
699 #endif
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
702 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
703 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
704 #endif
|
|
|
705 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
706 {
|
|
|
707 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
708 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
709 continue;
|
|
|
710 }
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
713 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
714 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
715 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
716 # endif
|
|
|
717 )
|
|
|
718 {
|
|
|
719 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
720 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
721 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
722 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
723 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
724 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
725 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
726 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
727 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
728 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
729 }
|
|
|
730 #endif
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
732 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
733 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
734 switch (c)
|
|
|
735 {
|
|
|
736 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
737 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
738 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
739 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
740 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
741 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
742 }
|
|
|
743 #endif
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
745 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
746 /*
|
|
|
747 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
748 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
749 * characters.
|
|
|
750 */
|
|
|
751 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
752 continue;
|
|
|
753 #endif
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
755 /*
|
|
|
756 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
757 */
|
|
|
758 switch (c)
|
|
|
759 {
|
|
449
|
760 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
761 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
762 break;
|
|
|
763 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
764
|
|
449
|
765 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
766 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
767 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
768 {
|
|
|
769 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
770 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
771 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
772 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
773 }
|
|
|
774 #endif
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
776 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
777 do_intr:
|
|
|
778 #endif
|
|
|
779 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
780 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
781 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
782 {
|
|
|
783 if (got_int)
|
|
|
784 {
|
|
|
785 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
786 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
787 }
|
|
|
788 else
|
|
|
789 vim_beep();
|
|
|
790 break;
|
|
|
791 }
|
|
|
792 doESCkey:
|
|
|
793 /*
|
|
|
794 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
795 */
|
|
|
796 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
797 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
798 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
799 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
800
|
|
477
|
801 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
802 {
|
|
|
803 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
804 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
805 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
806 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
807 #endif
|
|
7
|
808 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
809 }
|
|
7
|
810 continue;
|
|
|
811
|
|
449
|
812 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
813 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
814 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
815 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
816 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
817 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
819 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
|
820 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
821 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
|
822 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
823 #endif
|
|
|
824 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
825 break;
|
|
|
826 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
827 count = 0;
|
|
|
828 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
829
|
|
464
|
830 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
831 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
832 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
833 break;
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
836 break;
|
|
|
837
|
|
449
|
838 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
839 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
840 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
841 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
842 #endif
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
844 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
845 case K_F1:
|
|
|
846 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
847 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
848 if (p_im)
|
|
|
849 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
850 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
853 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
854 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
855 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
856 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
857 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
858 break;
|
|
|
859 #endif
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
862 case NUL:
|
|
|
863 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
864 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
865 * error. */
|
|
7
|
866 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
867 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
868 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
869 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
870 break;
|
|
|
871
|
|
449
|
872 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
873 ins_reg();
|
|
|
874 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
875 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
876 break;
|
|
|
877
|
|
449
|
878 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
879 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
880 break;
|
|
|
881
|
|
449
|
882 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
883 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
884 break;
|
|
|
885
|
|
|
886 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
887 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
888 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
889 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
890 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
891 break;
|
|
|
892 #endif
|
|
|
893
|
|
449
|
894 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
895 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
896 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
897 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
898 #endif
|
|
|
899 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
900
|
|
449
|
901 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
902 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
903 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
904 {
|
|
449
|
905 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
906 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
907 break;
|
|
7
|
908 }
|
|
|
909 # endif
|
|
|
910 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
911 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
912 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
913 break;
|
|
|
914
|
|
449
|
915 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
916 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
917 ins_del();
|
|
|
918 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
919 break;
|
|
|
920
|
|
449
|
921 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
922 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
923 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
924 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
925 break;
|
|
|
926
|
|
449
|
927 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
928 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
929 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
930 break;
|
|
|
931
|
|
449
|
932 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
933 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
934 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
935 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
936 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
937 # endif
|
|
7
|
938 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
939 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
940 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
941 break;
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
944 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
945 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
946 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
947 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
948 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
949 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
950 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
951 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
952 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
953 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
954 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
955 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
956 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
957 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
958 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
959 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
960 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
961 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
962 break;
|
|
|
963
|
|
449
|
964 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
965 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
966 break;
|
|
|
967
|
|
449
|
968 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
969 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
970 break;
|
|
|
971 #endif
|
|
|
972
|
|
449
|
973 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
974 break;
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
976 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
977 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
978 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
979 break;
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
981 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
982 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
983 break;
|
|
|
984 #endif
|
|
|
985
|
|
449
|
986 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
987 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
988 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
989 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
990 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
991 break;
|
|
|
992
|
|
449
|
993 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
994 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
995 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
996 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
997 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
998 break;
|
|
|
999
|
|
449
|
1000 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1001 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1002 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1003 else
|
|
|
1004 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1005 break;
|
|
|
1006
|
|
449
|
1007 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1008 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1009 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1010 break;
|
|
|
1011
|
|
449
|
1012 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1013 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1014 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1015 else
|
|
|
1016 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1017 break;
|
|
|
1018
|
|
449
|
1019 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1020 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1021 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1022 break;
|
|
|
1023
|
|
449
|
1024 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1025 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1026 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1027 else
|
|
|
1028 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1029 break;
|
|
|
1030
|
|
449
|
1031 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1032 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1033 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1034 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1035 break;
|
|
|
1036
|
|
449
|
1037 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1038 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1039 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1040 else
|
|
|
1041 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1042 break;
|
|
|
1043
|
|
449
|
1044 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1045 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1046 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1047 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1048 break;
|
|
|
1049
|
|
|
1050 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1051 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1052 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1053 break;
|
|
|
1054 #endif
|
|
|
1055
|
|
449
|
1056 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1057 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1058 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1059
|
|
449
|
1060 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1061 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1062 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1063 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1064 #endif
|
|
|
1065 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1066 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1067 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1068 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1069 break;
|
|
|
1070
|
|
449
|
1071 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1072 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1073 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1074 case CAR:
|
|
|
1075 case NL:
|
|
|
1076 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1077 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1078 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1079 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1080 {
|
|
|
1081 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1082 break;
|
|
|
1083 }
|
|
|
1084 #endif
|
|
|
1085 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1086 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1087 {
|
|
|
1088 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1089 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1090 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1091 }
|
|
|
1092 #endif
|
|
|
1093 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1094 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1095 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1096 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1097 break;
|
|
|
1098
|
|
|
1099 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1100 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1101 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1102 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1103 {
|
|
449
|
1104 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1105 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1106 break;
|
|
7
|
1107 }
|
|
|
1108 # endif
|
|
|
1109 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1110 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1111 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1112 break;
|
|
|
1113 # endif
|
|
|
1114 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1115 #endif
|
|
7
|
1116
|
|
|
1117 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1118 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1119 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121
|
|
449
|
1122 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1123 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1124 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1125 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1126
|
|
449
|
1127 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1128 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1129 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1130 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1131
|
|
|
1132 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1133 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1134 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1135 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1136 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1137 #endif
|
|
|
1138
|
|
449
|
1139 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1140 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1141 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1142 #endif
|
|
|
1143 {
|
|
|
1144 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1145 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1146 {
|
|
|
1147 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1148 break;
|
|
|
1149 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1150 }
|
|
|
1151 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1152 }
|
|
|
1153 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1154 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1155
|
|
449
|
1156 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1157 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1158 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1159 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1160 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1161 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1162 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1163 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1164
|
|
|
1165 docomplete:
|
|
|
1166 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1167 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1168 break;
|
|
|
1169 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1170
|
|
449
|
1171 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1172 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1173 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1174 break;
|
|
|
1175
|
|
|
1176 default:
|
|
|
1177 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1178 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1179 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1180 #endif
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 /*
|
|
|
1183 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1184 */
|
|
|
1185 normalchar:
|
|
|
1186 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1187 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1188 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1189 #endif
|
|
|
1190
|
|
|
1191 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1192 {
|
|
|
1193 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1194 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1195 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1196 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1197 #endif
|
|
|
1198 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1199 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1200 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1201 }
|
|
|
1202
|
|
|
1203 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1204 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1205 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1206 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1207 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1208 #endif
|
|
|
1209 c))
|
|
|
1210 {
|
|
|
1211 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1212 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1213 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1214 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1215 #endif
|
|
|
1216 }
|
|
|
1217
|
|
|
1218 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1219
|
|
|
1220 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1221 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1222 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1223 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1224 #endif
|
|
|
1225 break;
|
|
|
1226 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1227
|
|
|
1228 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1229 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1230 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1233 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1234 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1235 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1236 # endif
|
|
|
1237 )
|
|
|
1238 {
|
|
|
1239 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1240 /*
|
|
|
1241 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1242 */
|
|
|
1243 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1244 {
|
|
|
1245 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1246 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1247 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1248 }
|
|
|
1249 }
|
|
|
1250 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1251
|
|
|
1252 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1253 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1254 }
|
|
|
1255
|
|
|
1256 /*
|
|
|
1257 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1258 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1259 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1260 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1261 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1262 */
|
|
|
1263 static void
|
|
|
1264 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1265 {
|
|
|
1266 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1267 {
|
|
|
1268 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1269 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1270 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1271 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1272 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1273 setcursor();
|
|
|
1274 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1275 }
|
|
|
1276 }
|
|
|
1277
|
|
|
1278 /*
|
|
|
1279 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1280 */
|
|
|
1281 static void
|
|
|
1282 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1283 {
|
|
|
1284 int c;
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1287 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1290 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1291 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1294 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1295 #endif
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1298 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1299 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1300 #endif
|
|
|
1301 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1302 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1303 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1304 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1305 #endif
|
|
|
1306 }
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 /*
|
|
|
1309 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1310 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1311 */
|
|
|
1312 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1313 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1314 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1315 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1316 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1317 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1318 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1319 #else
|
|
|
1320 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1321 #endif
|
|
|
1322 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1323 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1324 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1325
|
|
|
1326 void
|
|
|
1327 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1328 int c;
|
|
|
1329 int highlight;
|
|
|
1330 {
|
|
|
1331 int attr;
|
|
|
1332
|
|
|
1333 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1334 {
|
|
|
1335 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1336 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1337 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1338 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1339 else
|
|
|
1340 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1341 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1342 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1343 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1344 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1345 #endif
|
|
|
1346 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1347 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1348 {
|
|
|
1349 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1350 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1351 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1352 {
|
|
|
1353 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1356 {
|
|
|
1357 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1358 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1359 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1360 }
|
|
|
1361 }
|
|
|
1362 # endif
|
|
|
1363 }
|
|
|
1364 else
|
|
|
1365 #endif
|
|
|
1366 {
|
|
|
1367 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1369 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1370 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1371 #endif
|
|
|
1372 }
|
|
|
1373
|
|
|
1374 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1375 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1376 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1377 #endif
|
|
|
1378 {
|
|
|
1379 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1380 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1381 }
|
|
|
1382 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1383 }
|
|
|
1384 }
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 /*
|
|
|
1387 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1388 */
|
|
|
1389 void
|
|
|
1390 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1391 {
|
|
|
1392 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1393 {
|
|
|
1394 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1395 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1396 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1397 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1398 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1399 else
|
|
|
1400 #endif
|
|
|
1401 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 }
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 /*
|
|
|
1406 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1407 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1408 */
|
|
|
1409 void
|
|
|
1410 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1411 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1412 {
|
|
|
1413 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1414
|
|
|
1415 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1416 return;
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1419 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1420 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1422 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1423 {
|
|
|
1424 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1425
|
|
|
1426 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1427 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1428 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1429 }
|
|
|
1430 #endif
|
|
|
1431 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1432 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1435 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1436 }
|
|
|
1437 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439
|
|
|
1440 /*
|
|
|
1441 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1442 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
|
1444 static void
|
|
|
1445 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1446 {
|
|
|
1447 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1448 {
|
|
|
1449 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1450 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1451 }
|
|
|
1452 }
|
|
|
1453
|
|
|
1454 /*
|
|
|
1455 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1456 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1457 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1458 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1459 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1460 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1461 */
|
|
|
1462 void
|
|
|
1463 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1464 int type;
|
|
|
1465 int amount;
|
|
|
1466 int round;
|
|
|
1467 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1468 {
|
|
|
1469 int vcol;
|
|
|
1470 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1471 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1472 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1473 int i;
|
|
|
1474 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1475 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1476 int start_col;
|
|
|
1477 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1478 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1479 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1480 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1481
|
|
|
1482 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1483 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1484 {
|
|
|
1485 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1486 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1487 }
|
|
|
1488 #endif
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1491 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1492 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1493 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1494 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1495
|
|
|
1496 /*
|
|
|
1497 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1498 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1499 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1500 */
|
|
|
1501 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1504 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1505 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1506 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 /*
|
|
|
1511 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1512 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1513 */
|
|
|
1514 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1515 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1516
|
|
|
1517 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1518 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 /*
|
|
|
1521 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1522 */
|
|
|
1523 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1524 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1525 else
|
|
|
1526 {
|
|
|
1527 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1528 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1529
|
|
|
1530 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1531 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1532 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1533 #endif
|
|
|
1534 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1535 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1536 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1537 #endif
|
|
|
1538 }
|
|
|
1539 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1540
|
|
|
1541 /*
|
|
|
1542 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1543 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1544 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1545 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1546 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1547 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1548 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1549 */
|
|
|
1550 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1551 {
|
|
|
1552 /*
|
|
|
1553 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1554 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1555 */
|
|
|
1556 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1557 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1558 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1559 }
|
|
|
1560 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1561 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1562 else
|
|
|
1563 {
|
|
|
1564 /*
|
|
|
1565 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1566 */
|
|
|
1567 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1568 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 /*
|
|
|
1571 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1572 */
|
|
|
1573 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1574 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1575 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1576 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1577 {
|
|
|
1578 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1579 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1580 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1581 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1582 else
|
|
|
1583 #endif
|
|
|
1584 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1585 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1588
|
|
|
1589 /*
|
|
|
1590 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1591 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1592 */
|
|
|
1593 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1594 {
|
|
|
1595 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1596 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1597 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1598 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1599 {
|
|
|
1600 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1601 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1602 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1603 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1604 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1605 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1606 }
|
|
|
1607 }
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 /*
|
|
|
1610 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1611 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1612 */
|
|
|
1613 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1614 }
|
|
|
1615
|
|
|
1616 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1619 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1620 else
|
|
|
1621 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1622 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1623 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 /*
|
|
|
1626 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1627 */
|
|
|
1628 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1629 {
|
|
|
1630 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1631 {
|
|
|
1632 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1633 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1634 else
|
|
|
1635 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1636 }
|
|
|
1637 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1638 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1639 else
|
|
|
1640 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1641 }
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 /*
|
|
|
1644 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1645 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1646 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1647 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1648 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1649 */
|
|
|
1650 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1651 {
|
|
|
1652 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
|
1654 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1655 --start_col;
|
|
|
1656 }
|
|
|
1657 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1658 {
|
|
|
1659 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1660 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1661 {
|
|
|
1662 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1663 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1664 }
|
|
|
1665 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1666 }
|
|
|
1667 }
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1670 /*
|
|
|
1671 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1672 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1673 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1674 */
|
|
|
1675 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1676 {
|
|
|
1677 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1678 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1679 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1680 return;
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1683 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1684 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1685 return;
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1688 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1691 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1692 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1693
|
|
|
1694 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1695 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1698 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1699
|
|
|
1700 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1701 }
|
|
|
1702 #endif
|
|
|
1703 }
|
|
|
1704
|
|
|
1705 /*
|
|
|
1706 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1707 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1708 * modes.
|
|
|
1709 */
|
|
|
1710 void
|
|
|
1711 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1712 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1713 {
|
|
|
1714 int i;
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1717 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1718 {
|
|
|
1719 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1720 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1723 }
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1726 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1727 /*
|
|
|
1728 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1729 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1730 */
|
|
|
1731 void
|
|
|
1732 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1733 int col;
|
|
|
1734 {
|
|
|
1735 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1736 {
|
|
|
1737 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1738 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1739 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1740 else
|
|
|
1741 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1742 }
|
|
|
1743 }
|
|
|
1744 #endif
|
|
|
1745
|
|
|
1746 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1747 /*
|
|
449
|
1748 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1749 */
|
|
|
1750 static void
|
|
|
1751 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1752 {
|
|
|
1753 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1754 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1755 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1756 {
|
|
|
1757 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1758 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1759 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1760 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1761 else
|
|
|
1762 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1763 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1764 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1765 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1766 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1767 showmode();
|
|
|
1768 }
|
|
|
1769 }
|
|
|
1770
|
|
|
1771 /*
|
|
|
1772 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1773 */
|
|
|
1774 static int
|
|
|
1775 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1776 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1777 {
|
|
|
1778 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1779 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1780 {
|
|
|
1781 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1782 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1783 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1784 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1785 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1786 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1787 {
|
|
|
1788 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1789 setcursor();
|
|
|
1790 out_flush();
|
|
|
1791 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1792 }
|
|
|
1793 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1794 }
|
|
|
1795 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1796 }
|
|
|
1797
|
|
|
1798 /*
|
|
7
|
1799 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1800 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1801 */
|
|
|
1802 int
|
|
|
1803 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1804 int c;
|
|
|
1805 {
|
|
|
1806 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1807 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1808 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1809
|
|
|
1810 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1811 {
|
|
|
1812 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1813 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1814 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1815 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1816 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1817 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1818 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1819 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1820 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1821 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1822 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1823 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1824 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1825 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1826 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1827 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1828 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1829 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1830 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1831 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1832 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1833 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1834 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1835 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1836 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1837 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1838 #endif
|
|
|
1839 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1840 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1841 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1842 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1843 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1844 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1845 #endif
|
|
|
1846 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
|
1847 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
477
|
1848 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1849 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1850 }
|
|
|
1851 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1852 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1853 }
|
|
|
1854
|
|
|
1855 /*
|
|
|
1856 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1857 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1858 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1859 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1860 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1861 */
|
|
|
1862 int
|
|
464
|
1863 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1864 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1865 int len;
|
|
|
1866 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1867 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1868 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1869 {
|
|
|
1870 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1871 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1872 int idx;
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1875 {
|
|
|
1876 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1877 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1878 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1879
|
|
|
1880 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1881 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1882 {
|
|
|
1883 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1884 {
|
|
|
1885 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1886 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1887 {
|
|
|
1888 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1889 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1890 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1891 break;
|
|
|
1892 }
|
|
|
1893 }
|
|
|
1894 }
|
|
|
1895
|
|
|
1896 /*
|
|
|
1897 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1898 * upper case.
|
|
|
1899 */
|
|
|
1900 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1901 {
|
|
449
|
1902 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1903 {
|
|
449
|
1904 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
1905 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1906 {
|
|
|
1907 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1908 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1909 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1910 break;
|
|
|
1911 }
|
|
449
|
1912 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
1913 }
|
|
|
1914 }
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
1916 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
1917 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
1918
|
|
464
|
1919 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
|
1920 }
|
|
|
1921 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
1922 }
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
1924 /*
|
|
|
1925 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1926 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1927 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
1928 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1929 *
|
|
|
1930 * New:
|
|
|
1931 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1932 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
1933 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
1934 */
|
|
464
|
1935 int
|
|
|
1936 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1937 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1938 int len;
|
|
|
1939 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1940 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1941 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1942 {
|
|
464
|
1943 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
1944
|
|
|
1945 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
1946 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
1947 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
1948 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
1949 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
1950
|
|
|
1951 /*
|
|
|
1952 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
1953 */
|
|
449
|
1954 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
1955 {
|
|
|
1956 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
1957 do
|
|
|
1958 {
|
|
464
|
1959 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1960 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
1961 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
1962 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
1963 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
1964 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
1965 }
|
|
|
1966
|
|
|
1967 /*
|
|
|
1968 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
1969 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
1970 */
|
|
464
|
1971 match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
1972 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
1973 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1974 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
1975 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
1978 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
1979 }
|
|
|
1980 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
1981 {
|
|
|
1982 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
1983 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
1984 }
|
|
|
1985 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
1986 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
1987 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
1988 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
1989 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
|
|
|
1990 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
|
1991 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
|
1992 else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1993 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
7
|
1994 else
|
|
464
|
1995 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
1996 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
7
|
1997
|
|
|
1998 /*
|
|
|
1999 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2000 */
|
|
449
|
2001 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2002 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2003 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2004 {
|
|
464
|
2005 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2006 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2007 }
|
|
|
2008 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2009 {
|
|
464
|
2010 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2011 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2012 }
|
|
|
2013 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2014 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2015 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2016 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2017 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2018 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2019 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2020
|
|
|
2021 return OK;
|
|
|
2022 }
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
2024 /*
|
|
|
2025 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2026 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2027 */
|
|
|
2028 static void
|
|
|
2029 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2030 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2031 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2032 int dir;
|
|
|
2033 {
|
|
|
2034 int i;
|
|
|
2035 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2036 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2037
|
|
464
|
2038 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
7
|
2039 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2040 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2041 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2042 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2043 }
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2046 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2047 */
|
|
|
2048 static int
|
|
|
2049 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2050 {
|
|
464
|
2051 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2052 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2053
|
|
449
|
2054 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2055 {
|
|
|
2056 /*
|
|
|
2057 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2058 */
|
|
449
|
2059 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2060 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2061 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2062 {
|
|
|
2063 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2064 ++count;
|
|
|
2065 }
|
|
464
|
2066 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2067 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2068 }
|
|
|
2069 return count;
|
|
|
2070 }
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2073 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2074 /*
|
|
|
2075 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2076 * completions.
|
|
|
2077 */
|
|
|
2078 static void
|
|
|
2079 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2080 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2081 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2082 int dir;
|
|
|
2083 int flags;
|
|
|
2084 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2085 {
|
|
|
2086 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2087 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2088 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2089 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2090 int add_r;
|
|
|
2091 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2092 int count;
|
|
|
2093 int i;
|
|
|
2094 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2097 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2098 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2099 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2100 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2101 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2102 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2103 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2104 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2105 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2106 {
|
|
|
2107 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2108 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2109 {
|
|
|
2110 count = 1;
|
|
|
2111 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2112 }
|
|
|
2113 else
|
|
|
2114 {
|
|
|
2115 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2116 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2117 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2118 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2119 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2120 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2121 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2122 count = 0;
|
|
|
2123 }
|
|
|
2124
|
|
449
|
2125 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2126 {
|
|
|
2127 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2128 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2129 {
|
|
274
|
2130 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2131 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2132 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2133 }
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2136 {
|
|
|
2137 /*
|
|
|
2138 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2139 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2140 */
|
|
449
|
2141 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2142 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2143 {
|
|
|
2144 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2145 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2146 {
|
|
|
2147 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2148 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2149 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2150 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2151 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2152 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2153 {
|
|
|
2154 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 /*
|
|
|
2157 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2158 */
|
|
|
2159 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2160 {
|
|
|
2161 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2162 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2163 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2164 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2165 break;
|
|
|
2166 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2167
|
|
|
2168 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2170 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2171 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2172 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2173 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2174 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2175 {
|
|
474
|
2176 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2177
|
|
|
2178 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2179 break;
|
|
|
2180 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2181 }
|
|
|
2182 else
|
|
|
2183 #endif
|
|
|
2184 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2185 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2186 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2187 }
|
|
|
2188 }
|
|
|
2189 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2190 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2191 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2192 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2193 break;
|
|
|
2194 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2195 * of line */
|
|
|
2196 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2197 break;
|
|
|
2198 }
|
|
|
2199 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2200 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2201 }
|
|
|
2202 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2203 }
|
|
|
2204 }
|
|
|
2205 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2206 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2207 if (flags)
|
|
|
2208 break;
|
|
|
2209 }
|
|
|
2210 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2211 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2212 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2213 }
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 /*
|
|
|
2216 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2217 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2218 */
|
|
|
2219 char_u *
|
|
|
2220 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2221 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2222 {
|
|
|
2223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2224 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2225 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2226 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2227 else
|
|
|
2228 #endif
|
|
|
2229 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2230 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2231 return ptr;
|
|
|
2232 }
|
|
|
2233
|
|
|
2234 /*
|
|
|
2235 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2236 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2237 */
|
|
|
2238 char_u *
|
|
|
2239 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2240 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2241 {
|
|
|
2242 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2243 int start_class;
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2246 {
|
|
|
2247 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2248 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2249 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2250 {
|
|
474
|
2251 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2252 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2253 break;
|
|
|
2254 }
|
|
|
2255 }
|
|
|
2256 else
|
|
|
2257 #endif
|
|
|
2258 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2259 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2260 return ptr;
|
|
|
2261 }
|
|
|
2262
|
|
|
2263 /*
|
|
|
2264 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2265 */
|
|
|
2266 static void
|
|
|
2267 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2268 {
|
|
464
|
2269 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2270
|
|
449
|
2271 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2272 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2275 return;
|
|
449
|
2276 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2277 do
|
|
|
2278 {
|
|
449
|
2279 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2280 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2281 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2282 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2283 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2284 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
7
|
2285 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2286 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2287 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2288 }
|
|
|
2289
|
|
|
2290 static void
|
|
|
2291 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2292 {
|
|
449
|
2293 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2294 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2295 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2296 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2297 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2298 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2299 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2300 }
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 /*
|
|
|
2303 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2304 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
7
|
2305 */
|
|
|
2306 static void
|
|
|
2307 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2308 int c;
|
|
|
2309 {
|
|
|
2310 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2311 int temp;
|
|
|
2312 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2313
|
|
|
2314 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2315 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2316 */
|
|
|
2317 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2318 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2321 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2322 return;
|
|
|
2323
|
|
|
2324 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2325 {
|
|
|
2326 /*
|
|
|
2327 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2328 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2329 */
|
|
|
2330 switch (c)
|
|
|
2331 {
|
|
|
2332 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2333 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2334 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2335 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2336 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2337 else
|
|
|
2338 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2339 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2340 showmode();
|
|
|
2341 break;
|
|
|
2342 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2343 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2344 break;
|
|
|
2345 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2346 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2347 break;
|
|
|
2348 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2349 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2350 break;
|
|
|
2351 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2352 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2353 break;
|
|
|
2354 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2355 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2356 break;
|
|
12
|
2357 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2358 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2359 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2360 break;
|
|
|
2361 #endif
|
|
449
|
2362 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
2363 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OCCULT;
|
|
|
2364 break;
|
|
477
|
2365 case 's':
|
|
|
2366 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2367 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
|
2368 break;
|
|
7
|
2369 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2370 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2371 break;
|
|
|
2372 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2373 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2374 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2375 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2376 break;
|
|
|
2377 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2378 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2379 break;
|
|
|
2380 #endif
|
|
|
2381 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2382 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2383 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2384 break;
|
|
|
2385 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2386 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2387 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2388 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2389 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2390 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2391 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2392 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2393 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2394 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2395 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2396 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2397 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2398 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2399 default:
|
|
449
|
2400 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2401 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2402 * mode).
|
|
|
2403 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2404 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2405 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2406 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2407 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2408 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2409 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2410 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2411 {
|
|
449
|
2412 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2413 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2414 else
|
|
449
|
2415 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2416 }
|
|
|
2417 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2418 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2419 showmode();
|
|
|
2420 break;
|
|
|
2421 }
|
|
|
2422 }
|
|
|
2423 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2424 {
|
|
|
2425 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2426 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2427 {
|
|
|
2428 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2429 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2430 else
|
|
|
2431 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2432 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2433 }
|
|
|
2434 showmode();
|
|
|
2435 }
|
|
|
2436
|
|
449
|
2437 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2438 {
|
|
|
2439 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2440 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2441 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2442 showmode();
|
|
|
2443 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2444 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2445 {
|
|
|
2446 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2447 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2448 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2449 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2450 {
|
|
449
|
2451 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2452
|
|
7
|
2453 /*
|
|
|
2454 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2455 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2456 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2457 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2458 */
|
|
464
|
2459 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
2460 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2461 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2462 {
|
|
449
|
2463 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2464 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2465 }
|
|
449
|
2466 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2467 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2468 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2469 }
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2472 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2473 #endif
|
|
|
2474 /*
|
|
|
2475 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2476 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2477 */
|
|
449
|
2478 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2479 {
|
|
|
2480 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2481 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2482 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2483 {
|
|
|
2484 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2485 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2486 }
|
|
|
2487 #endif
|
|
|
2488 }
|
|
|
2489 else
|
|
|
2490 {
|
|
|
2491 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2492 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2493 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2494 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2495 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2496 }
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2499
|
|
|
2500 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2501 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2502 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2503 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2504 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2505 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2506 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2507 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2508 {
|
|
|
2509 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2510 showmode();
|
|
|
2511 }
|
|
|
2512
|
|
|
2513 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2514 /*
|
|
|
2515 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2516 */
|
|
|
2517 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2518 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2519 #endif
|
|
|
2520 }
|
|
|
2521 }
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2524 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2525 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2526 {
|
|
449
|
2527 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2528 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2529 }
|
|
|
2530 }
|
|
|
2531
|
|
|
2532 /*
|
|
|
2533 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2534 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2535 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2536 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2537 *
|
|
|
2538 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2539 */
|
|
|
2540 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2541 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2542 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2543 int flag;
|
|
|
2544 {
|
|
|
2545 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2546 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2547 #endif
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2550 {
|
|
|
2551 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2552 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2553 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
2554 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
2555 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2556 ;
|
|
|
2557 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2558 #else
|
|
|
2559 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2560 #endif
|
|
|
2561 }
|
|
|
2562 else
|
|
|
2563 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2564 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2565 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
2566 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
2567 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2568 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2569 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2570 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2571 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2572 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2573 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2574 ;
|
|
|
2575 return buf;
|
|
|
2576 }
|
|
|
2577
|
|
12
|
2578 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
452
|
2579 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 /*
|
|
452
|
2582 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get matches in
|
|
|
2583 * "matches".
|
|
|
2584 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
2585 */
|
|
|
2586 static int
|
|
452
|
2587 expand_by_function(col, base, matches)
|
|
12
|
2588 int col;
|
|
|
2589 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2590 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2591 {
|
|
452
|
2592 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
|
2593 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
2594 char_u *args[3];
|
|
|
2595 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
2596 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2597 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
|
2600 return 0;
|
|
|
2601
|
|
|
2602 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2603 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
|
2604 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (int)STRLEN(base));
|
|
|
2605 args[1] = colbuf;
|
|
|
2606 args[2] = base;
|
|
|
2607
|
|
|
2608 matchlist = call_func_retlist(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2609 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
|
2610 return 0;
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
|
|
|
2613 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
|
|
|
2614 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
2615 {
|
|
|
2616 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
2617 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
2618 {
|
|
|
2619 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2620 break;
|
|
|
2621 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
2622 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2623 }
|
|
|
2624 }
|
|
|
2625
|
|
|
2626 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
2627 *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2628 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
12
|
2629 }
|
|
|
2630 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2631
|
|
449
|
2632 static int expand_occult __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
|
2633
|
|
7
|
2634 /*
|
|
449
|
2635 * Perform occult completion'
|
|
|
2636 * Return value is number of candidates and array of candidates as "matchp".
|
|
|
2637 */
|
|
|
2638 static int
|
|
|
2639 expand_occult(lnum, col, pat, matchp)
|
|
|
2640 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2641 int col;
|
|
|
2642 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2643 char_u ***matchp;
|
|
|
2644 {
|
|
|
2645 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2646
|
|
|
2647 /* Use tag completion for now. */
|
|
|
2648 if (find_tags(pat, &num_matches, matchp,
|
|
|
2649 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2650 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2651 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2652 return 0;
|
|
|
2653 return num_matches;
|
|
|
2654 }
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 /*
|
|
|
2657 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
|
2658 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2659 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
2660 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
2661 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
2662 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
2663 */
|
|
|
2664 static int
|
|
|
2665 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2666 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2667 int dir;
|
|
|
2668 {
|
|
|
2669 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2670 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2671 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
2672 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
2673 certain type. */
|
|
|
2674 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
2675
|
|
464
|
2676 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2677 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2678 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2679 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2680 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2681 int i;
|
|
|
2682 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2683 int len;
|
|
|
2684 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2685 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2686 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2687 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2688 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2689 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
2690
|
|
449
|
2691 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2692 {
|
|
|
2693 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2694 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2695 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2696 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
2697 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
2698 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2699 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2700 }
|
|
|
2701
|
|
449
|
2702 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
7
|
2703 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2704 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2705 for (;;)
|
|
|
2706 {
|
|
|
2707 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2708
|
|
449
|
2709 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
2710 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2711 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2712 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
2713 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
2714 {
|
|
|
2715 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2716 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2717 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2718 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2719 {
|
|
|
2720 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2721 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2722 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2723 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2724 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2725 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2726 type = 0;
|
|
|
2727 }
|
|
|
2728 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2729 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2730 {
|
|
|
2731 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2732 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2733 {
|
|
449
|
2734 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2735 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2736 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2737 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2738 type = 0;
|
|
|
2739 }
|
|
|
2740 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2741 {
|
|
|
2742 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2743 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2744 continue;
|
|
|
2745 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2746 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2747 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2748 }
|
|
274
|
2749 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
2750 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2751 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2752 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2753 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2754 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2755 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2756 }
|
|
|
2757 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2758 break;
|
|
|
2759 else
|
|
|
2760 {
|
|
|
2761 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2762 type = -1;
|
|
|
2763 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2764 {
|
|
|
2765 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2766 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2767 else
|
|
|
2768 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2769 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2770 {
|
|
|
2771 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2772 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2773 }
|
|
|
2774 }
|
|
|
2775 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2776 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2777 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2778 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2779 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2780 #endif
|
|
|
2781 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2782 {
|
|
|
2783 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2784 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2785 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2786 }
|
|
|
2787 else
|
|
|
2788 type = -1;
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2791 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2794 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2795 continue;
|
|
|
2796 }
|
|
|
2797 }
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 switch (type)
|
|
|
2800 {
|
|
|
2801 case -1:
|
|
|
2802 break;
|
|
|
2803 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2804 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2805 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
449
|
2806 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
|
2807 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
2808 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
2809 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
2810 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2811 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2812 break;
|
|
|
2813 #endif
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2816 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2817 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2818 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2819 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2820 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2821 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2822 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2823 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2824 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2825 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
449
|
2826 compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
7
|
2827 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2828 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2829 break;
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2832 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2833 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
2834 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
2835
|
|
|
2836 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
2837 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
2838 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
2839 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2840 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2841 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2842 {
|
|
|
2843 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2844 }
|
|
|
2845 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2846 break;
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
2849 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
2850 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2851 {
|
|
|
2852
|
|
|
2853 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
2854 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
2855 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2856 }
|
|
|
2857 break;
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
2860 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
2861 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
2862 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2863 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2864 break;
|
|
|
2865
|
|
12
|
2866 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2867 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
452
|
2868 num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.col,
|
|
|
2869 compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
12
|
2870 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2871 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2872 break;
|
|
|
2873 #endif
|
|
|
2874
|
|
449
|
2875 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
|
2876 num_matches = expand_occult(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2877 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
2878 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2879 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2880 break;
|
|
|
2881
|
|
477
|
2882 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
2883 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2884 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2885 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
2886 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2887 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2888 #endif
|
|
|
2889 break;
|
|
|
2890
|
|
7
|
2891 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2892 /*
|
|
|
2893 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2894 */
|
|
|
2895 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2896 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2897 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
2898
|
|
7
|
2899 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2900 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2901 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2902 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2903 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2904 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2905 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2906 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2907 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2908 for (;;)
|
|
|
2909 {
|
|
464
|
2910 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2913 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2914 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
2915 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
2916 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
449
|
2917 dir, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
2918 else
|
|
|
2919 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
449
|
2920 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
2921 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
2922 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2923 {
|
|
449
|
2924 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
2925 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2926 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2927 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2928 }
|
|
|
2929 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2930 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2931 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2932 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2933 {
|
|
|
2934 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
2935 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2936 break;
|
|
|
2937 }
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
2940 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
2941 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
2942 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
2943 continue;
|
|
|
2944 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
2945 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2946 {
|
|
449
|
2947 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
2948 {
|
|
|
2949 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2950 continue;
|
|
|
2951 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2952 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
2953 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2954 }
|
|
|
2955 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2956 }
|
|
|
2957 else
|
|
|
2958 {
|
|
449
|
2959 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
2960
|
|
|
2961 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
2962 {
|
|
449
|
2963 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
2964 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
2965 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
2966 continue;
|
|
|
2967 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2968 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2969 }
|
|
|
2970 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
2971 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2972 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2973
|
|
449
|
2974 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2975 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
2976 {
|
|
|
2977 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2978 {
|
|
|
2979 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
2980 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
2981 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
2982 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
2983 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2984 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
2985 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2986 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2987 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2988 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2989 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
2990 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2991 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
2992 {
|
|
419
|
2993 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
2994 {
|
|
419
|
2995 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
2996 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2997 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
2998 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
2999 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3000 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3001 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3002 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3003 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3004 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3005 }
|
|
|
3006 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3007 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3008 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3009 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3010 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3011 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3012 }
|
|
|
3013 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3014 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3015 }
|
|
449
|
3016 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3017 continue;
|
|
|
3018 }
|
|
|
3019 }
|
|
|
3020 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
3021 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
464
|
3022 dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3023 {
|
|
|
3024 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3025 break;
|
|
|
3026 }
|
|
|
3027 }
|
|
|
3028 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3029 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3030 }
|
|
449
|
3031 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3032 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
|
3033 if (compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3034 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3037 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3038 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3039 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
7
|
3040 break;
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3043 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3044 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3045
|
|
449
|
3046 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3047 }
|
|
|
3048 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3049
|
|
|
3050 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3051 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3052 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3055 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3056 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3057 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3058
|
|
|
3059 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3060 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3061 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
3062 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3063 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3064 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3065 return i;
|
|
|
3066 }
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3069 static void
|
|
|
3070 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3071 {
|
|
|
3072 int i;
|
|
|
3073
|
|
|
3074 /*
|
|
|
3075 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3076 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3077 */
|
|
449
|
3078 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3079 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3080 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3081 }
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3084 static void
|
|
|
3085 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3086 {
|
|
464
|
3087 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
7
|
3088 }
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 /*
|
|
|
3091 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3092 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3093 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3094 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3095 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3096 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3097 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3098 *
|
|
449
|
3099 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3100 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3101 *
|
|
|
3102 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3103 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3104 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3105 */
|
|
|
3106 static int
|
|
|
3107 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3108 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3109 {
|
|
|
3110 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3111 int i;
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3114 {
|
|
|
3115 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3116 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3117 }
|
|
449
|
3118 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
464
|
3119 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3120 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3121 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3122 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
7
|
3123 else
|
|
|
3124 {
|
|
449
|
3125 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3126 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3127 {
|
|
449
|
3128 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos,
|
|
|
3129 compl_direction);
|
|
|
3130 if (compl_pending)
|
|
7
|
3131 {
|
|
449
|
3132 if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3133 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
3134 }
|
|
|
3135 }
|
|
|
3136 else
|
|
|
3137 return -1;
|
|
|
3138 }
|
|
|
3139
|
|
|
3140 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3141 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3144 {
|
|
|
3145 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3146 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3147
|
|
|
3148 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3149 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3150 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3151 }
|
|
|
3152
|
|
|
3153 /*
|
|
|
3154 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3155 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3156 */
|
|
464
|
3157 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3158 {
|
|
|
3159 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3160 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3161 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3162 i = 0;
|
|
|
3163 else
|
|
|
3164 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3165 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3166 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3167 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3168 }
|
|
|
3169
|
|
|
3170 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3171 }
|
|
|
3172
|
|
|
3173 /*
|
|
|
3174 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3175 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3176 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3177 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3178 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3179 */
|
|
|
3180 void
|
|
464
|
3181 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3182 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3183 {
|
|
|
3184 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3185
|
|
|
3186 int c;
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3189 * scripts */
|
|
|
3190 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3191 return;
|
|
|
3192
|
|
|
3193 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3194 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3195 return;
|
|
|
3196 count = 0;
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3199 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3200 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3201 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3202 {
|
|
|
3203 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3204 {
|
|
|
3205 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3206 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3207 compl_shows_dir = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3208 else
|
|
449
|
3209 compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
3210 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3211 }
|
|
|
3212 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3213 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3214 }
|
|
|
3215 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
3216 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3217 }
|
|
|
3218
|
|
|
3219 /*
|
|
|
3220 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3221 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3222 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3223 */
|
|
|
3224 static int
|
|
|
3225 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3226 int c;
|
|
7
|
3227 {
|
|
449
|
3228 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3229 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3230 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3231 int n;
|
|
7
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3234 compl_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3235 else
|
|
449
|
3236 compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3237 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3238 {
|
|
|
3239 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3242 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3243 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3247 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3248 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3249 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3250 #endif
|
|
|
3251 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3252 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3255 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3256
|
|
|
3257 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3258 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3259 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3260 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3261 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3262 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3263 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3264 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3265 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3266 {
|
|
|
3267 /*
|
|
|
3268 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3269 */
|
|
449
|
3270 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3271 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3272 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3273 {
|
|
449
|
3274 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3275 {
|
|
449
|
3276 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3277 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3278 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3279 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3280 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3281 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3282 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3283 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3284 }
|
|
|
3285 else
|
|
|
3286 {
|
|
|
3287 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3288 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3289 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3290 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3291 {
|
|
449
|
3292 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3293 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3294 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3295 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3296 }
|
|
449
|
3297 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3298 }
|
|
449
|
3299 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3300 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3301 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3302 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3303 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3304 {
|
|
449
|
3305 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3306 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3307 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3308 }
|
|
449
|
3309 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3310 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3311 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3312 }
|
|
|
3313 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3314 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3315 else
|
|
449
|
3316 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3317 }
|
|
|
3318 else
|
|
449
|
3319 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
|
3323 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3324 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3325 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3326 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3327 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3328 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3329 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3330 }
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3333 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3334 {
|
|
449
|
3335 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3336 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3337 {
|
|
449
|
3338 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3339 {
|
|
449
|
3340 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3341 ;
|
|
449
|
3342 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3343 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3344 }
|
|
|
3345 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3346 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3347 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3348 else
|
|
449
|
3349 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3350 compl_length);
|
|
|
3351 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3352 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3353 }
|
|
449
|
3354 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3355 {
|
|
|
3356 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3357
|
|
|
3358 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3359 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3360 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3361 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3362 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3363 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3364 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3365 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3366 && (
|
|
|
3367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3368 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3369 #else
|
|
449
|
3370 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3371 #endif
|
|
|
3372 )))
|
|
|
3373 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3374 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3375 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3376 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3377 }
|
|
449
|
3378 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3380 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3381 #else
|
|
449
|
3382 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3383 #endif
|
|
|
3384 )
|
|
|
3385 {
|
|
|
3386 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3387 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3388 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3389 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3390 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3391 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3392 }
|
|
|
3393 else
|
|
|
3394 {
|
|
|
3395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3396 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3397 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3398 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3399 {
|
|
|
3400 int base_class;
|
|
|
3401 int head_off;
|
|
|
3402
|
|
449
|
3403 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3404 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3405 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3406 {
|
|
449
|
3407 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3408 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3409 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3410 break;
|
|
449
|
3411 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3412 }
|
|
|
3413 }
|
|
|
3414 else
|
|
|
3415 #endif
|
|
449
|
3416 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3417 ;
|
|
449
|
3418 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3419 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3420 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3421 {
|
|
|
3422 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3423 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3424 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3425 */
|
|
449
|
3426 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3427 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3428 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3429 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3430 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3431 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3432 }
|
|
|
3433 else
|
|
|
3434 {
|
|
449
|
3435 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3436 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3437 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3438 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3439 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3440 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3441 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3442 }
|
|
|
3443 }
|
|
|
3444 }
|
|
|
3445 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3446 {
|
|
449
|
3447 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3448 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3449 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3450 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3451 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3452 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3453 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3454 else
|
|
449
|
3455 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3456 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3457 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3458 }
|
|
|
3459 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
449
|
3461 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3462 ;
|
|
449
|
3463 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3464 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3465 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3466 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3467 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3468 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3469 }
|
|
|
3470 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3471 {
|
|
449
|
3472 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3473 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3474 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3475 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3476 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3477 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3478 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
3479 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3480 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3481 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
3482 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3483 }
|
|
12
|
3484 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3485 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
|
3487 /*
|
|
452
|
3488 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" is
|
|
|
3489 * 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
3490 */
|
|
452
|
3491 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
3492 char_u *args[3];
|
|
|
3493 int col;
|
|
12
|
3494
|
|
|
3495 /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
|
|
452
|
3496 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
12
|
3497 return FAIL;
|
|
452
|
3498
|
|
|
3499 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
3500 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", (int)curs_col);
|
|
|
3501 args[1] = colbuf;
|
|
|
3502 args[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
3503
|
|
|
3504 col = call_func_retnr(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3505 if (col < 0)
|
|
12
|
3506 return FAIL;
|
|
452
|
3507 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
3508 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
3509 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
3510
|
|
|
3511 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
3512 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
3513 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
3514 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
3515 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3516 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
12
|
3517 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3518 }
|
|
|
3519 #endif
|
|
449
|
3520 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
|
3521 {
|
|
|
3522 /* TODO: let language-specific function handle locating the text
|
|
452
|
3523 * to be completed. */
|
|
449
|
3524 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
|
3525 ;
|
|
|
3526 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3527 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3528 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3529 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3530 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3531 }
|
|
477
|
3532 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
3533 {
|
|
|
3534 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3535 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
3536 if (compl_col == startcol)
|
|
|
3537 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3538 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3539 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3540 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3541 #endif
|
|
|
3542 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3543 }
|
|
449
|
3544 else
|
|
|
3545 {
|
|
|
3546 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
3547 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3548 }
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3551 {
|
|
|
3552 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3553 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3554 {
|
|
|
3555 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3556 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3557 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3560 #endif
|
|
449
|
3561 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3562 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3563 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3564 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3565 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3566 #endif
|
|
449
|
3567 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
3568 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3569 }
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571 else
|
|
|
3572 {
|
|
|
3573 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3574 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3575 }
|
|
|
3576
|
|
|
3577 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3578 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
3579 else
|
|
|
3580 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3581
|
|
|
3582 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
3583 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
3584 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3585 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3586 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
|
3587 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3588 {
|
|
|
3589 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3590 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
3591 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3592 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3593 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3594 }
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3597 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3598 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3599 */
|
|
|
3600 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3601 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3602 showmode();
|
|
|
3603 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3604 out_flush();
|
|
|
3605 }
|
|
|
3606
|
|
449
|
3607 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3608 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 /*
|
|
|
3611 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3612 */
|
|
449
|
3613 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3616 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
3617 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3618 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
3619 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3620
|
|
|
3621 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3622 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3623 {
|
|
|
3624 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3625 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3626 }
|
|
|
3627
|
|
449
|
3628 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
3629 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
3630 {
|
|
|
3631 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3632 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
3633 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3634 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3635 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3636 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3637 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3638 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3639 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
3640 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3641 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3642 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3643 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
3644 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3645 }
|
|
|
3646
|
|
464
|
3647 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
3648 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3649 else
|
|
449
|
3650 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3651
|
|
|
3652 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3653 {
|
|
464
|
3654 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
3655 {
|
|
|
3656 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3657 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3658 }
|
|
449
|
3659 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3660 {
|
|
|
3661 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3662 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3663 }
|
|
464
|
3664 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
3665 {
|
|
|
3666 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3667 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3668 }
|
|
|
3669 else
|
|
|
3670 {
|
|
|
3671 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
3672 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
3673 {
|
|
464
|
3674 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3675 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
3676
|
|
449
|
3677 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
3678 {
|
|
|
3679 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3680 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3681 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3682 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3683 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3684 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3685 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3686 {
|
|
464
|
3687 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3688 break;
|
|
|
3689 }
|
|
|
3690 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3691 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3692 * yet */
|
|
464
|
3693 for (match = match->cp_next; match
|
|
|
3694 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
3695 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3696 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3697 }
|
|
|
3698 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3699 {
|
|
|
3700 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3701 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3702 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3703 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3704 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3705 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3706 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3707 {
|
|
464
|
3708 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3709 break;
|
|
|
3710 }
|
|
|
3711 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3712 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3713 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
3714 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
3715 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
3716 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3717 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3718 }
|
|
|
3719 }
|
|
|
3720
|
|
|
3721 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3722 * a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
3723 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3724 {
|
|
|
3725 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3726 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3727
|
|
449
|
3728 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
3729 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
3730 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
3731 else
|
|
449
|
3732 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
3733 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
3734 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
3735 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3736 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3737 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3738 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3739 }
|
|
|
3740 }
|
|
|
3741 }
|
|
|
3742
|
|
|
3743 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3744 showmode();
|
|
|
3745 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3746 {
|
|
|
3747 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3748 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3749 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3750 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3751 }
|
|
|
3752 else
|
|
|
3753 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
3755 return OK;
|
|
|
3756 }
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 /*
|
|
|
3759 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3760 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3761 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3762 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3763 */
|
|
|
3764 static int
|
|
|
3765 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3766 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3767 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3768 int len;
|
|
|
3769 {
|
|
|
3770 int m;
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3773 {
|
|
|
3774 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3775 {
|
|
|
3776 case '.':
|
|
|
3777 case '*':
|
|
|
3778 case '[':
|
|
|
3779 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3780 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3781 break;
|
|
|
3782 case '~':
|
|
|
3783 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3784 break;
|
|
|
3785 case '\\':
|
|
|
3786 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3787 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3788 break;
|
|
|
3789 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3790 case '$':
|
|
|
3791 m++;
|
|
|
3792 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3793 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3794 break;
|
|
|
3795 }
|
|
|
3796 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3797 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
3798 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
3799 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3800 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3801 {
|
|
|
3802 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3803
|
|
474
|
3804 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
3805 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3806 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3807 {
|
|
|
3808 --len;
|
|
|
3809 ++src;
|
|
|
3810 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3811 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3812 }
|
|
|
3813 }
|
|
464
|
3814 # endif
|
|
7
|
3815 }
|
|
|
3816 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3817 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3818
|
|
|
3819 return m;
|
|
|
3820 }
|
|
|
3821 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 /*
|
|
|
3824 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3825 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3826 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3827 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3828 */
|
|
|
3829 int
|
|
|
3830 get_literal()
|
|
|
3831 {
|
|
|
3832 int cc;
|
|
|
3833 int nc;
|
|
|
3834 int i;
|
|
|
3835 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3836 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3837 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3838 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3839 #endif
|
|
|
3840
|
|
|
3841 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3842 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3843
|
|
|
3844 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3845 /*
|
|
|
3846 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3847 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3848 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3849 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3850 */
|
|
|
3851 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3852 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3853 #endif
|
|
|
3854 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3855 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3856 #endif
|
|
|
3857 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3858 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3859 i = 0;
|
|
|
3860 for (;;)
|
|
|
3861 {
|
|
|
3862 do
|
|
|
3863 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3864 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3865 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3866 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3867 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3868 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3869 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3870 # endif
|
|
|
3871 )
|
|
|
3872 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3873 #endif
|
|
|
3874 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3875 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3876 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3877 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3878 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3879 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3880 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3881 #endif
|
|
|
3882 else
|
|
|
3883 {
|
|
|
3884 if (hex
|
|
|
3885 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3886 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3887 #endif
|
|
|
3888 )
|
|
|
3889 {
|
|
|
3890 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3891 break;
|
|
|
3892 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3893 }
|
|
|
3894 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3895 {
|
|
|
3896 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3897 break;
|
|
|
3898 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3899 }
|
|
|
3900 else
|
|
|
3901 {
|
|
|
3902 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3903 break;
|
|
|
3904 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3905 }
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 ++i;
|
|
|
3908 }
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3911 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3912 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3913 #endif
|
|
|
3914 )
|
|
|
3915 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3916 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3917
|
|
|
3918 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3919 {
|
|
|
3920 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3921 break;
|
|
|
3922 }
|
|
|
3923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3924 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3925 {
|
|
|
3926 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3927 break;
|
|
|
3928 }
|
|
|
3929 #endif
|
|
|
3930 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3931 break;
|
|
|
3932 }
|
|
|
3933 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3934 {
|
|
|
3935 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3936 {
|
|
|
3937 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3938 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940 else
|
|
|
3941 {
|
|
|
3942 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3943 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3944 }
|
|
|
3945 }
|
|
|
3946
|
|
|
3947 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3948 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
3949 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3950 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
3951 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
3952 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
3953 #endif
|
|
7
|
3954
|
|
|
3955 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3956 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3957 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3958 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3959 #endif
|
|
|
3960 if (nc)
|
|
|
3961 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3962 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3963 return cc;
|
|
|
3964 }
|
|
|
3965
|
|
|
3966 /*
|
|
|
3967 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3968 */
|
|
|
3969 static void
|
|
|
3970 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3971 int c;
|
|
|
3972 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3973 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3974 {
|
|
|
3975 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3976 int len;
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 /*
|
|
|
3979 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3980 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3981 * mode.
|
|
|
3982 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3983 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3984 */
|
|
|
3985 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3986 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3987 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3988 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
3989 #endif
|
|
|
3990 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
3991 {
|
|
|
3992 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
3993 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3994 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
3995 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
3996 {
|
|
|
3997 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3998 return;
|
|
|
3999 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4000 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
4001 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
4002 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4003 }
|
|
|
4004 }
|
|
|
4005 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4006 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4007 }
|
|
|
4008
|
|
|
4009 /*
|
|
|
4010 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4011 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4012 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4013 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4014 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4015 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4016 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4017 */
|
|
|
4018 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4019 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4020 #else
|
|
|
4021 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4022 #endif
|
|
|
4023
|
|
|
4024 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4025 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4026 #else
|
|
|
4027 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4028 #endif
|
|
|
4029
|
|
|
4030 void
|
|
|
4031 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4032 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4033 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4034 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4035 {
|
|
|
4036 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4037 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4038 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4039 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4040 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4041 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4042 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4043 #endif
|
|
|
4044 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4045 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4046 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4048 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4049 #endif
|
|
|
4050 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4051 int cc;
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4054 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4055 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4056 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4057 #endif
|
|
|
4058 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4059
|
|
|
4060 /*
|
|
|
4061 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4062 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4063 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4064 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4065 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4066 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4067 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4068 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4069 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4070 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4071 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4072 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4073 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4074 */
|
|
|
4075 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4076 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4077 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4078 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4079 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4080 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4081 #endif
|
|
|
4082 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4083 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4084 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4085 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4086 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4087 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4088 ))))))
|
|
|
4089 {
|
|
|
4090 /*
|
|
|
4091 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4092 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4093 */
|
|
|
4094 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4095 {
|
|
|
4096 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4097 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4098 {
|
|
|
4099 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4100 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4101 }
|
|
|
4102 }
|
|
|
4103
|
|
|
4104 /*
|
|
|
4105 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4106 */
|
|
|
4107 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4108 {
|
|
|
4109 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4110 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4111 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4112 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4113 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4114 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4115 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4116 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4117 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4118 #endif
|
|
|
4119 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4120
|
|
|
4121 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4122 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4123 break;
|
|
|
4124
|
|
|
4125 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4126 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4127 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4128 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4129 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4130 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4131
|
|
|
4132 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4133 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4134 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4135 else
|
|
|
4136 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4137
|
|
|
4138 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4139 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4140 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4141 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4142 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4143 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4144 #endif
|
|
|
4145 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4146 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4147 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4148 #endif
|
|
|
4149 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4150
|
|
|
4151 {
|
|
|
4152 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4153 break;
|
|
|
4154 }
|
|
|
4155 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4156 break;
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4159 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4160 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4161
|
|
|
4162 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4163 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4164 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4165 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4166 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4167 #endif
|
|
|
4168 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 /*
|
|
|
4171 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4172 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4173 */
|
|
|
4174 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4175 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4176 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4177 {
|
|
|
4178 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4179 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4180 {
|
|
|
4181 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4182 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4183
|
|
|
4184 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4185 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4188 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4189 }
|
|
|
4190 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4191 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4192 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4193 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4195 break;
|
|
|
4196 #endif
|
|
|
4197 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4198 {
|
|
|
4199 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4200 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4201 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4204 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4205 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4208 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4209 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4210 }
|
|
|
4211 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4212 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4213 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
474
|
4214 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
4215 else
|
|
|
4216 #endif
|
|
|
4217 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4218 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4219 break;
|
|
|
4220 }
|
|
|
4221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4222 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4223 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4224 {
|
|
|
4225 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4226 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4227 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4228 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4229 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4230 break;
|
|
|
4231 }
|
|
|
4232 #endif
|
|
|
4233 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4234 break;
|
|
|
4235 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4236 }
|
|
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4239 {
|
|
|
4240 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4241 break;
|
|
|
4242 }
|
|
|
4243
|
|
|
4244 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4245 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4246
|
|
|
4247 /*
|
|
|
4248 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4249 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4250 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4251 */
|
|
|
4252 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4253 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4254 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4255 else
|
|
|
4256 #endif
|
|
|
4257 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4258
|
|
|
4259 /*
|
|
|
4260 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4261 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4262 */
|
|
|
4263 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4264 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4265 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4266 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4267 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4268 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4269
|
|
|
4270 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4271 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4272 {
|
|
|
4273 /*
|
|
|
4274 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4275 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4276 */
|
|
|
4277 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4278 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4279 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4280 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4281 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4282
|
|
|
4283 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4284 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4285 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4286 }
|
|
|
4287 else
|
|
|
4288 #endif
|
|
|
4289 {
|
|
|
4290 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4291 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4292 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4293 }
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 /*
|
|
|
4296 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4297 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4298 */
|
|
|
4299 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4300 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4301 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4302 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4303 #endif
|
|
|
4304 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4305 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4306
|
|
|
4307 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4308 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4309 {
|
|
|
4310 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4311 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4312 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4313 {
|
|
|
4314 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4315 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4316 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4317 else
|
|
|
4318 #endif
|
|
|
4319 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4320 }
|
|
|
4321 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4322 }
|
|
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4325 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4326 {
|
|
|
4327 /*
|
|
|
4328 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4329 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4330 */
|
|
|
4331 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4332 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4333 }
|
|
|
4334 else
|
|
|
4335 #endif
|
|
|
4336 {
|
|
|
4337 /*
|
|
|
4338 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4339 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4340 */
|
|
|
4341 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4342 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4343 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4344 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4345 }
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4348 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4349 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4350 #endif
|
|
|
4351 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4352 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4353 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4354 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4355 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4356 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4357 #endif
|
|
|
4358 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4359 }
|
|
|
4360
|
|
|
4361 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4362 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4365 return;
|
|
|
4366 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4367 {
|
|
|
4368 update_topline();
|
|
|
4369 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371 }
|
|
|
4372 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4373 return;
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4376 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4377 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4378 {
|
|
|
4379 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4380 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4381 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4382 int i;
|
|
|
4383
|
|
|
4384 /*
|
|
|
4385 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4386 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4387 */
|
|
|
4388 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4389 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4390 {
|
|
|
4391 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4392 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4393 ++p;
|
|
|
4394 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4395 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4396 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4397 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4398
|
|
|
4399 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4400 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4401 ++p;
|
|
|
4402 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4403
|
|
|
4404 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4405 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4406 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4407 ;
|
|
|
4408 i++;
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4411 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4412
|
|
|
4413 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4414 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4415 {
|
|
|
4416 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4417 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 /*
|
|
|
4420 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4421 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4422 */
|
|
|
4423 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4424 }
|
|
|
4425 }
|
|
|
4426 }
|
|
|
4427 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4428 #endif
|
|
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4431 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4432 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4433 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4434 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4435 #endif
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 /*
|
|
|
4438 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4439 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4440 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4441 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4442 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4443 */
|
|
|
4444 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4445 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4446 #endif
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4450 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4451 #endif
|
|
|
4452 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4453 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4454 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4455 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4456 #endif
|
|
|
4457 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4458 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4459 #endif
|
|
|
4460 )
|
|
|
4461 {
|
|
|
4462 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4463 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4464 int i;
|
|
|
4465 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4468 i = 1;
|
|
|
4469 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4470 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4471 /*
|
|
|
4472 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4473 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4474 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4475 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4476 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4477 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4478 */
|
|
|
4479 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4480 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4481 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4482 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4483 #endif
|
|
|
4484 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4485 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4486 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4487 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4488 {
|
|
|
4489 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4490 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4491 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4492 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4493 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4494 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4495 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4496 # endif
|
|
|
4497 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4498 #else
|
|
|
4499 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4500 #endif
|
|
|
4501 }
|
|
|
4502
|
|
|
4503 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4504 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4505 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4506 #endif
|
|
|
4507 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4508 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4509 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4510 {
|
|
|
4511 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4512 i = 1;
|
|
|
4513 }
|
|
|
4514 else
|
|
|
4515 i = 0;
|
|
|
4516 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4517 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4518 }
|
|
|
4519 else
|
|
|
4520 {
|
|
|
4521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4522 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4523 {
|
|
|
4524 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4525
|
|
|
4526 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4527 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4528 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4529 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4530 }
|
|
|
4531 else
|
|
|
4532 #endif
|
|
|
4533 {
|
|
|
4534 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4535 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4536 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4537 else
|
|
|
4538 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4539 }
|
|
|
4540 }
|
|
|
4541 }
|
|
|
4542
|
|
|
4543 /*
|
|
|
4544 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4545 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4546 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4547 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4548 * saved here.
|
|
|
4549 */
|
|
|
4550 void
|
|
|
4551 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4552 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4553 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4554 {
|
|
|
4555 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4556 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4557 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4558 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4559 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
4560 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4561
|
|
|
4562 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4563 return;
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4566 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4569 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4572 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4573 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4574 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4575 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4576 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4577 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4578 {
|
|
|
4579 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4580 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4581 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4582 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
4583 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4584 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4585 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4586 {
|
|
|
4587 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4588 return;
|
|
|
4589 }
|
|
|
4590 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4591 }
|
|
|
4592
|
|
|
4593 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4594 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4595 * comments. */
|
|
|
4596 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4597 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4598 return;
|
|
|
4599 #endif
|
|
|
4600
|
|
|
4601 /*
|
|
|
4602 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4603 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4604 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4605 */
|
|
|
4606 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4607 {
|
|
|
4608 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4609 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4610 return;
|
|
|
4611 }
|
|
|
4612
|
|
|
4613 /*
|
|
|
4614 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4615 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4616 */
|
|
|
4617 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4618 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4619 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4620 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4621
|
|
|
4622 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4623 {
|
|
|
4624 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4625 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4626 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4627 }
|
|
|
4628 else
|
|
|
4629 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4630
|
|
|
4631 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4632 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4633 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4634 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4635 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4636 {
|
|
|
4637 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4638 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4639 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4640 {
|
|
|
4641 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4642 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4643 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4644 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4645 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4646 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4647 }
|
|
|
4648 else
|
|
|
4649 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4650 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652
|
|
|
4653 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4654 }
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 /*
|
|
|
4657 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4658 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4659 * position.
|
|
|
4660 */
|
|
|
4661 static void
|
|
|
4662 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4663 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4664 {
|
|
|
4665 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
4666 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4669 {
|
|
301
|
4670 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4671 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4672 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4673 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4674 else
|
|
|
4675 {
|
|
|
4676 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4677 {
|
|
|
4678 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4679 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4680 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4681 }
|
|
|
4682 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4683 {
|
|
|
4684 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4685 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4686 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4687 }
|
|
|
4688 }
|
|
|
4689 }
|
|
|
4690 }
|
|
|
4691
|
|
|
4692 /*
|
|
|
4693 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4694 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4695 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4696 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4697 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4698 */
|
|
|
4699 int
|
|
|
4700 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4701 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4702 {
|
|
|
4703 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4704
|
|
|
4705 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4706 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4707 {
|
|
|
4708 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4709 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4710 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4711 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4712 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4713 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4714 #endif
|
|
|
4715 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4716 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4717 #endif
|
|
|
4718 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4719 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4720 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4721 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4722 # endif
|
|
|
4723 )
|
|
|
4724 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4725 #endif
|
|
|
4726 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4727 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4728 }
|
|
|
4729 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4730 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4731 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4732 {
|
|
|
4733 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4734 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4735 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4736 }
|
|
|
4737 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4738 }
|
|
|
4739
|
|
|
4740 /*
|
|
|
4741 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4742 */
|
|
|
4743 static void
|
|
|
4744 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4745 int c;
|
|
|
4746 {
|
|
|
4747 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4748
|
|
|
4749 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4750 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4751 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4752 {
|
|
|
4753 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4754 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4755 }
|
|
|
4756 else
|
|
|
4757 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4758 }
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 /*
|
|
|
4761 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
|
4762 * It resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
|
4763 */
|
|
|
4764 static void
|
|
|
4765 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4766 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4767 {
|
|
|
4768 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4769 {
|
|
|
4770 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4771 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4772 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4773 }
|
|
221
|
4774 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4775 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
4776 #endif
|
|
7
|
4777 }
|
|
|
4778
|
|
221
|
4779 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4780 /*
|
|
|
4781 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
4782 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
4783 */
|
|
|
4784 static void
|
|
|
4785 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
4786 {
|
|
|
4787 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
4788 {
|
|
|
4789 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
4790
|
|
|
4791 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4792 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794 }
|
|
|
4795 #endif
|
|
|
4796
|
|
7
|
4797 /*
|
|
|
4798 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4799 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4800 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4801 */
|
|
|
4802 int
|
|
|
4803 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4804 {
|
|
|
4805 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4806 {
|
|
|
4807 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4808 {
|
|
|
4809 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4810 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4811 }
|
|
|
4812 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4813 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4814 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4815 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4816 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4817 {
|
|
|
4818 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4819 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4820 }
|
|
|
4821 #endif
|
|
|
4822 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4823 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4824 }
|
|
|
4825 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4828 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4829 }
|
|
|
4830
|
|
|
4831 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4832 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4833 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4834 #endif
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4837 }
|
|
|
4838
|
|
|
4839 /*
|
|
|
4840 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4841 */
|
|
|
4842 static void
|
|
|
4843 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4844 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4845 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4846 {
|
|
|
4847 int cc;
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4850 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4851
|
|
|
4852 /*
|
|
|
4853 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4854 */
|
|
|
4855 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4856 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4857 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4860 {
|
|
|
4861 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4862 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4863 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4864 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4865 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4866 {
|
|
10
|
4867 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4868
|
|
7
|
4869 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4870 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4871 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4872 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4873 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4874 {
|
|
|
4875 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4876 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4877 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4878 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4879 }
|
|
|
4880
|
|
|
4881 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4882
|
|
10
|
4883 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4884 {
|
|
|
4885 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4886 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4887 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4888 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4889 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4890 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4891 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4892 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4893 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4894 #endif
|
|
|
4895 }
|
|
7
|
4896 }
|
|
|
4897
|
|
|
4898 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4899 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4900
|
|
|
4901 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4902 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4903 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4904 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4905 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4906 {
|
|
10
|
4907 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4908
|
|
|
4909 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4910 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4911 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4912 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4913 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4914 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4915 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4916 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4917 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4918
|
|
|
4919 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4920 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4921 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4922 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4923 {
|
|
|
4924 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4925 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4926 {
|
|
|
4927 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4928 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4929 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4930 # endif
|
|
|
4931 }
|
|
|
4932 }
|
|
|
4933 #endif
|
|
|
4934 }
|
|
|
4935 }
|
|
|
4936 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4937 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4938 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4939 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4940 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4941 #endif
|
|
|
4942
|
|
|
4943 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4944 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4945 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947
|
|
|
4948 /*
|
|
|
4949 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4950 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4951 */
|
|
|
4952 void
|
|
|
4953 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4954 int c;
|
|
|
4955 {
|
|
|
4956 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4957
|
|
|
4958 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4959 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4960 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4961 #else
|
|
|
4962 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4963 #endif
|
|
|
4964 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4965 {
|
|
|
4966 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4967 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4968 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4969 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4970 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4971 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4972 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4973 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4974 }
|
|
|
4975 }
|
|
|
4976
|
|
359
|
4977 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4978 void
|
|
|
4979 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
4980 {
|
|
|
4981 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4982 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
4983 }
|
|
|
4984 #endif
|
|
|
4985
|
|
7
|
4986 /*
|
|
|
4987 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
4988 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
4989 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
4990 */
|
|
|
4991 char_u *
|
|
|
4992 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
4993 int c;
|
|
|
4994 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4995 {
|
|
|
4996 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4997 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
4998 int i;
|
|
|
4999 int len;
|
|
|
5000
|
|
|
5001 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5002 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5003 {
|
|
|
5004 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5005 #endif
|
|
|
5006 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5007 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5008 {
|
|
|
5009 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5010 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5011 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5012 }
|
|
|
5013 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5014 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5015 {
|
|
|
5016 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5017 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5018 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5019 }
|
|
|
5020 #endif
|
|
|
5021 else
|
|
|
5022 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5023 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5024 }
|
|
|
5025 #endif
|
|
|
5026 return s;
|
|
|
5027 }
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029 /*
|
|
|
5030 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5031 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5032 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5033 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5034 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5035 */
|
|
|
5036 void
|
|
|
5037 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5038 int flags;
|
|
|
5039 {
|
|
|
5040 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5041 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5042 else
|
|
|
5043 {
|
|
|
5044 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5045 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5046 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5047 #endif
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5050 {
|
|
|
5051 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5052
|
|
|
5053 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5054 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5055 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5056 }
|
|
|
5057 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5058 }
|
|
|
5059 }
|
|
|
5060
|
|
|
5061 /*
|
|
|
5062 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5063 *
|
|
|
5064 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5065 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5066 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5067 */
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 int
|
|
|
5070 oneright()
|
|
|
5071 {
|
|
|
5072 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5073 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5074 int l;
|
|
|
5075 #endif
|
|
|
5076
|
|
|
5077 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5078 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5079 {
|
|
|
5080 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5081
|
|
|
5082 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5083 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5084 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5085 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5086 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5087 #else
|
|
|
5088 *ptr
|
|
|
5089 #endif
|
|
|
5090 ))
|
|
|
5091 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5092 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5093 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5094 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5095 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5096 }
|
|
|
5097 #endif
|
|
|
5098
|
|
|
5099 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5101 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5102 {
|
|
|
5103 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5104 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5105 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5106 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5107 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5108 }
|
|
|
5109 else
|
|
|
5110 #endif
|
|
|
5111 {
|
|
|
5112 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5113 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5114 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5115 }
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5118 return OK;
|
|
|
5119 }
|
|
|
5120
|
|
|
5121 int
|
|
|
5122 oneleft()
|
|
|
5123 {
|
|
|
5124 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5125 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5126 {
|
|
|
5127 int width;
|
|
|
5128 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5129
|
|
|
5130 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5131 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5134 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5135 width = 1;
|
|
|
5136 for (;;)
|
|
|
5137 {
|
|
|
5138 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5139 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5140 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5141 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5142 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5143 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5144 # endif
|
|
|
5145 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5146 break;
|
|
|
5147 ++width;
|
|
|
5148 }
|
|
|
5149 # else
|
|
|
5150 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5151 # endif
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5154 {
|
|
|
5155 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5158 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5159 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5160 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5161 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5162 # else
|
|
|
5163 *ptr
|
|
|
5164 # endif
|
|
|
5165 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5166 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5167 }
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5170 return OK;
|
|
|
5171 }
|
|
|
5172 #endif
|
|
|
5173
|
|
|
5174 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5175 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5176
|
|
|
5177 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5178 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5179
|
|
|
5180 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5181 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5182 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5183 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5184 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5185 #endif
|
|
|
5186 return OK;
|
|
|
5187 }
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 int
|
|
|
5190 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5191 long n;
|
|
|
5192 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5193 {
|
|
|
5194 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5195
|
|
|
5196 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
|
5198 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5199 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5200 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5201 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5202 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5203 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5204 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5205 else
|
|
|
5206 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5207 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5208 {
|
|
|
5209 /*
|
|
|
5210 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5211 */
|
|
|
5212 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5213 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5214
|
|
|
5215 while (n--)
|
|
|
5216 {
|
|
|
5217 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5218 --lnum;
|
|
|
5219 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5220 break;
|
|
|
5221 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5222 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5223 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5224 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5225 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5226 }
|
|
|
5227 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5228 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5229 }
|
|
|
5230 else
|
|
|
5231 #endif
|
|
|
5232 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5233 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5234 }
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5237 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5240 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 return OK;
|
|
|
5243 }
|
|
|
5244
|
|
|
5245 /*
|
|
|
5246 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5247 */
|
|
|
5248 int
|
|
|
5249 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5250 long n;
|
|
|
5251 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5252 {
|
|
|
5253 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5254
|
|
|
5255 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5256 {
|
|
|
5257 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5258 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5259 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5260 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5261 #endif
|
|
161
|
5262 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5263 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5264 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5265 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5266 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5267 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5268 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5269 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5270 else
|
|
|
5271 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5272 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5273 {
|
|
|
5274 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5277 while (n--)
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
|
5279 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5280 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5281 else
|
|
|
5282 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5283 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5284 break;
|
|
|
5285 }
|
|
|
5286 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5287 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5288 }
|
|
|
5289 else
|
|
|
5290 #endif
|
|
|
5291 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5293 }
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5296 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5297
|
|
|
5298 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5299 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 return OK;
|
|
|
5302 }
|
|
|
5303
|
|
|
5304 /*
|
|
|
5305 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5306 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5307 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5308 */
|
|
|
5309 int
|
|
|
5310 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5311 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5312 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5313 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5314 {
|
|
|
5315 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5316 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5317 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5318 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5319
|
|
|
5320 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5321 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5322 {
|
|
|
5323 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5324 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5325 }
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5328 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5329 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5330 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5331 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5334 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5335 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5336 */
|
|
|
5337 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5338 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5339 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5340 {
|
|
|
5341 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5342 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5343 }
|
|
|
5344
|
|
|
5345 do
|
|
|
5346 {
|
|
|
5347 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5348 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5349 if (last)
|
|
|
5350 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5351 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5352 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5353 }
|
|
|
5354 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5355
|
|
|
5356 if (last)
|
|
|
5357 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5358
|
|
|
5359 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5360 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5363 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5364 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 return OK;
|
|
|
5367 }
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 char_u *
|
|
|
5370 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5371 {
|
|
|
5372 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5373 return NULL;
|
|
|
5374 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5375 }
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 /*
|
|
|
5378 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5379 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5380 */
|
|
|
5381 char_u *
|
|
|
5382 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5383 {
|
|
|
5384 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5385 int len;
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5388 return NULL;
|
|
|
5389 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5390 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5391 {
|
|
|
5392 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5393 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5394 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5395 }
|
|
|
5396 return s;
|
|
|
5397 }
|
|
|
5398
|
|
|
5399 /*
|
|
|
5400 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5401 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5402 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5403 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5404 */
|
|
|
5405 static int
|
|
|
5406 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5407 int c;
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5410 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5411 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5412 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5415 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5416 }
|
|
|
5417
|
|
|
5418 /*
|
|
|
5419 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5420 *
|
|
|
5421 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5422 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5423 *
|
|
|
5424 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5425 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5426 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5427 *
|
|
|
5428 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5429 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5430 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5431 *
|
|
|
5432 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5433 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5434 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5435 */
|
|
|
5436
|
|
298
|
5437 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5438 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5439 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5440
|
|
|
5441 void
|
|
|
5442 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5443 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5444 {
|
|
|
5445 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5446
|
|
|
5447 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5448 return;
|
|
|
5449 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5450 {
|
|
|
5451 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5452 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5453 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5454 {
|
|
|
5455 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5456 return;
|
|
|
5457 }
|
|
|
5458 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5459 {
|
|
|
5460 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5461 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5462 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5463 }
|
|
|
5464 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5465 }
|
|
|
5466 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5467 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5468 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5469 *p = c;
|
|
|
5470 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5471 }
|
|
|
5472
|
|
|
5473 /*
|
|
|
5474 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5475 */
|
|
|
5476 static void
|
|
|
5477 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5478 int c;
|
|
|
5479 {
|
|
|
5480 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5481
|
|
|
5482 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5483 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5484 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5485 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5486 break;
|
|
|
5487 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5488 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5489 }
|
|
|
5490
|
|
|
5491 /*
|
|
|
5492 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5493 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5494 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5495 */
|
|
|
5496 static int
|
|
|
5497 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5498 {
|
|
|
5499 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5500 return -1;
|
|
|
5501 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5502 }
|
|
|
5503
|
|
|
5504 /*
|
|
|
5505 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5506 * encountered.
|
|
|
5507 */
|
|
|
5508 static void
|
|
|
5509 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5510 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5511 {
|
|
|
5512 int i;
|
|
|
5513
|
|
|
5514 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5515 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5516 {
|
|
|
5517 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5518 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5519 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5520 return;
|
|
|
5521 }
|
|
|
5522 }
|
|
|
5523
|
|
|
5524 /*
|
|
|
5525 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5526 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5527 */
|
|
|
5528 static void
|
|
|
5529 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5530 {
|
|
|
5531 int cc;
|
|
|
5532 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5535 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5538 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5539 #else
|
|
|
5540 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5541 #endif
|
|
|
5542 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5543 }
|
|
|
5544 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5548 /*
|
|
|
5549 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5550 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5551 */
|
|
|
5552 static void
|
|
|
5553 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5554 int cc;
|
|
|
5555 {
|
|
|
5556 int n;
|
|
|
5557 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5558 int i;
|
|
|
5559 int c;
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5562 {
|
|
|
5563 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5564 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5565 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5566 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5567 }
|
|
|
5568 else
|
|
|
5569 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5572 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5573 for (;;)
|
|
|
5574 {
|
|
|
5575 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5576 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5577 break;
|
|
|
5578 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5579 {
|
|
|
5580 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5581 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5582 break;
|
|
|
5583 }
|
|
|
5584 else
|
|
|
5585 {
|
|
|
5586 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5587 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5588 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5589 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5590 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5591 else
|
|
|
5592 {
|
|
|
5593 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5594 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5595 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5596 break;
|
|
|
5597 }
|
|
|
5598 }
|
|
|
5599 }
|
|
|
5600 }
|
|
|
5601 #endif
|
|
|
5602
|
|
|
5603 /*
|
|
|
5604 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5605 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5606 */
|
|
|
5607 static void
|
|
|
5608 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5609 {
|
|
|
5610 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5611 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5612 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5613 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5614 }
|
|
|
5615
|
|
|
5616 /*
|
|
|
5617 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5618 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5619 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5620 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5621 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5622 */
|
|
|
5623 static void
|
|
|
5624 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5625 {
|
|
|
5626 int cc;
|
|
|
5627 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5628 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5629 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5630 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5631 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5632 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5633 int i;
|
|
|
5634 int vcol;
|
|
|
5635 #endif
|
|
|
5636
|
|
|
5637 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5638 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5639 {
|
|
|
5640 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5641 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5642 {
|
|
|
5643 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5644 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5645 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5646 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5647 }
|
|
|
5648 #endif
|
|
|
5649 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5650 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5651 {
|
|
|
5652 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5653 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5654 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5655 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5656 # endif
|
|
|
5657 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5658 }
|
|
|
5659 else
|
|
|
5660 #endif
|
|
|
5661 {
|
|
|
5662 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5663 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5664 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5665 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5666 #endif
|
|
|
5667 }
|
|
|
5668 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5669
|
|
|
5670 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5671 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5672 {
|
|
|
5673 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5674 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5675 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5676 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5677 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5678 {
|
|
|
5679 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5680 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5681 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
5682 #endif
|
|
|
5683 }
|
|
|
5684 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5685
|
|
|
5686 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5687 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5688 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5689 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5690 {
|
|
|
5691 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5692 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5693 }
|
|
|
5694 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5695 }
|
|
|
5696 #endif
|
|
|
5697
|
|
|
5698 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5699 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5700 }
|
|
|
5701 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5702 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5703 }
|
|
|
5704
|
|
|
5705 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5706 /*
|
|
|
5707 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5708 */
|
|
|
5709 static int
|
|
|
5710 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5711 {
|
|
|
5712 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5713 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5714 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5715 # endif
|
|
|
5716 ));
|
|
|
5717 }
|
|
|
5718 #endif
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5721 /*
|
|
|
5722 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5723 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5724 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5725 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5726 */
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 void
|
|
|
5729 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5730 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5731 {
|
|
|
5732 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5733 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5734 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5735 }
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 void
|
|
|
5738 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5739 {
|
|
|
5740 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5741 return;
|
|
|
5742 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5743 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5744 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5745 # endif
|
|
|
5746 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5747 else
|
|
|
5748 # endif
|
|
|
5749 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5750 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5751 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5752 # endif
|
|
|
5753 }
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 #endif
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5758 /*
|
|
|
5759 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5760 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5761 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5762 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5763 *
|
|
|
5764 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5765 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5766 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5767 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5768 *
|
|
|
5769 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5770 */
|
|
|
5771 int
|
|
|
5772 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5773 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5774 int when;
|
|
|
5775 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5776 {
|
|
|
5777 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5778 int try_match;
|
|
|
5779 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5780 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5781 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5782 int icase;
|
|
|
5783 int i;
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5786 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5787 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5788 else
|
|
|
5789 #endif
|
|
|
5790 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5791 while (*look)
|
|
|
5792 {
|
|
|
5793 /*
|
|
|
5794 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5795 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5796 */
|
|
|
5797 switch (when)
|
|
|
5798 {
|
|
|
5799 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5800 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5801 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5802 }
|
|
|
5803 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5804 ++look;
|
|
|
5805
|
|
|
5806 /*
|
|
|
5807 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5808 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5809 */
|
|
|
5810 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5811 {
|
|
|
5812 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5813 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5814 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5815 ++look;
|
|
|
5816 }
|
|
|
5817 else
|
|
|
5818 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5819
|
|
|
5820 /*
|
|
|
5821 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5822 */
|
|
|
5823 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5824 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5825 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5826 #else
|
|
|
5827 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5828 #endif
|
|
|
5829 )
|
|
|
5830 {
|
|
|
5831 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5832 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5833 look += 2;
|
|
|
5834 }
|
|
|
5835 /*
|
|
|
5836 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5837 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5838 */
|
|
|
5839 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5840 {
|
|
|
5841 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5842 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5843 ++look;
|
|
|
5844 }
|
|
|
5845 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5846 {
|
|
|
5847 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5848 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5849 ++look;
|
|
|
5850 }
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 /*
|
|
|
5853 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5854 * cursor.
|
|
|
5855 */
|
|
|
5856 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5857 {
|
|
|
5858 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5859 {
|
|
|
5860 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5861 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5862 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5863 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5864 }
|
|
|
5865 ++look;
|
|
|
5866 }
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 /*
|
|
|
5869 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5870 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5871 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5872 */
|
|
|
5873 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5874 {
|
|
|
5875 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5876 {
|
|
|
5877 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5878 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5879 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5880 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5881 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5882 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5883 {
|
|
|
5884 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5885 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5886 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5887 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5888 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5889 if (i)
|
|
|
5890 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5891 }
|
|
|
5892 }
|
|
|
5893 ++look;
|
|
|
5894 }
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896
|
|
|
5897 /*
|
|
|
5898 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5899 */
|
|
|
5900 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5901 {
|
|
|
5902 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5903 {
|
|
|
5904 /*
|
|
|
5905 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5906 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5907 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5908 */
|
|
|
5909 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5910 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5911 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5914 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5915 }
|
|
|
5916 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5917 look++;
|
|
|
5918 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5919 look++;
|
|
|
5920 }
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 /*
|
|
|
5923 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5924 */
|
|
|
5925 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5926 {
|
|
|
5927 ++look;
|
|
|
5928 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5929 {
|
|
|
5930 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5931 ++look;
|
|
|
5932 }
|
|
|
5933 else
|
|
|
5934 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5935 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5936 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5937 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5938 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5939 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5940 {
|
|
|
5941 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5942
|
|
|
5943 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5944 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5945 {
|
|
|
5946 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5947
|
|
|
5948 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5949 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5950 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5951 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5952 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5953 {
|
|
|
5954 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5955
|
|
|
5956 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5957 {
|
|
|
5958 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5959 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5960 break;
|
|
|
5961 }
|
|
|
5962 }
|
|
|
5963 else
|
|
|
5964 # endif
|
|
|
5965 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5966 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5967 break;
|
|
|
5968 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5969 && (icase
|
|
|
5970 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5971 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5972 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5973 }
|
|
|
5974 else
|
|
|
5975 #endif
|
|
|
5976 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5977 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5978 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5979 {
|
|
|
5980 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5981 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
5982 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
5983 && (icase
|
|
|
5984 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
5985 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
5986 == 0)
|
|
|
5987 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5988 }
|
|
|
5989 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
5990 {
|
|
|
5991 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
5992 * word. */
|
|
|
5993 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5994 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
5995 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
5996 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5997 }
|
|
|
5998 if (match)
|
|
|
5999 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6000 }
|
|
|
6001 look = p;
|
|
|
6002 }
|
|
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 /*
|
|
|
6005 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6006 */
|
|
|
6007 else
|
|
|
6008 {
|
|
|
6009 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6010 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6011 ++look;
|
|
|
6012 }
|
|
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 /*
|
|
|
6015 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6016 */
|
|
|
6017 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6018 }
|
|
|
6019 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6020 }
|
|
|
6021 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6024 /*
|
|
|
6025 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6026 */
|
|
|
6027 int
|
|
|
6028 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6029 int c;
|
|
|
6030 {
|
|
|
6031 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6032 {
|
|
|
6033 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6034 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6035 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6036 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6037 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6038 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6039 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6040 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6041 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6042 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6043 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6044 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6045 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6048 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6049 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6050 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6051 return 'X';
|
|
|
6052 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6053 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6054 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6055 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6056 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6057 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6058 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6059 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6060 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6061 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6062 #else
|
|
|
6063 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6064 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6065 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6066 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6067 */
|
|
|
6068 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6069 #endif
|
|
|
6070 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6071 else
|
|
|
6072 return c;
|
|
|
6073 }
|
|
|
6074 else
|
|
|
6075 {
|
|
|
6076 switch (c)
|
|
|
6077 {
|
|
|
6078 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6079 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6080 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6081 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6082 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6083
|
|
|
6084 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6085 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6086 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6087 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6088 default: {
|
|
|
6089 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6090
|
|
|
6091 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6092 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6093 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6094 #else
|
|
|
6095 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6096 #endif
|
|
|
6097 return c;
|
|
|
6098 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6099 break;
|
|
|
6100 }
|
|
|
6101 }
|
|
|
6102
|
|
|
6103 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6104 }
|
|
|
6105 }
|
|
|
6106 #endif
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 static void
|
|
|
6109 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6110 {
|
|
|
6111 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6112 int regname;
|
|
|
6113 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6114
|
|
|
6115 /*
|
|
|
6116 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6117 */
|
|
|
6118 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6119 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6120 {
|
|
|
6121 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6122 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6123
|
|
|
6124 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6125 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6126 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6127 #endif
|
|
|
6128 }
|
|
|
6129
|
|
|
6130 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6131 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6132 #endif
|
|
|
6133
|
|
|
6134 /*
|
|
|
6135 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6136 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6137 */
|
|
|
6138 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6139 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6140 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6141 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6142 #endif
|
|
|
6143 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6144 {
|
|
|
6145 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6146 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6147 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6148 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6149 #endif
|
|
|
6150 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6151 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6152 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6153 #endif
|
|
|
6154 }
|
|
|
6155 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6156
|
|
|
6157 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6158 /*
|
|
|
6159 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6160 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6161 */
|
|
|
6162 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6163 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6164 {
|
|
133
|
6165 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6166 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6167 # endif
|
|
7
|
6168 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6169 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6170 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6171 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6172 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6173 # endif
|
|
7
|
6174 }
|
|
140
|
6175 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6176 {
|
|
|
6177 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6178 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6179 }
|
|
7
|
6180 else
|
|
|
6181 {
|
|
|
6182 #endif
|
|
|
6183 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6184 {
|
|
|
6185 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6186 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6187 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6188 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6189
|
|
|
6190 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6191 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6192 }
|
|
|
6193 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6194 {
|
|
|
6195 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6196 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6197 }
|
|
133
|
6198 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6199 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6200 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6201 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6202 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6203
|
|
7
|
6204 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6205 }
|
|
|
6206 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6207 #endif
|
|
|
6208 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6209 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6210 #endif
|
|
|
6211
|
|
|
6212 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6213 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6214 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6215 }
|
|
|
6216
|
|
|
6217 /*
|
|
|
6218 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6219 */
|
|
|
6220 static void
|
|
|
6221 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6222 {
|
|
|
6223 int c;
|
|
|
6224
|
|
|
6225 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6226 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6227 setcursor();
|
|
|
6228 #endif
|
|
|
6229
|
|
|
6230 /*
|
|
|
6231 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6232 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6233 */
|
|
|
6234 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6235 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6236 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6237 switch (c)
|
|
|
6238 {
|
|
|
6239 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6240 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6241 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6242 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6243 break;
|
|
|
6244
|
|
|
6245 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6246 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6247 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6248 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6249 break;
|
|
|
6250
|
|
|
6251 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6252 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6253 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6254 break;
|
|
|
6255
|
|
|
6256 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6257 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6258 }
|
|
|
6259 }
|
|
|
6260
|
|
|
6261 /*
|
|
449
|
6262 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6263 */
|
|
|
6264 static void
|
|
|
6265 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6266 {
|
|
|
6267 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6268 {
|
|
|
6269 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6270 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6271 {
|
|
|
6272 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6273 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6274 }
|
|
|
6275 else
|
|
|
6276 {
|
|
|
6277 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6278 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6279 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6280 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6281 #endif
|
|
|
6282 }
|
|
|
6283 }
|
|
|
6284 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6285 else
|
|
|
6286 {
|
|
|
6287 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6288 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6289 {
|
|
|
6290 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6291 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6292 }
|
|
|
6293 else
|
|
|
6294 {
|
|
|
6295 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6296 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6297 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6298 }
|
|
|
6299 }
|
|
|
6300 #endif
|
|
|
6301 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6302 showmode();
|
|
|
6303 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6304 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6305 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6306 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6307 #endif
|
|
|
6308 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6309 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6310 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6311 #endif
|
|
|
6312 }
|
|
|
6313
|
|
|
6314 /*
|
|
7
|
6315 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6316 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6317 * insert.
|
|
|
6318 */
|
|
|
6319 static int
|
|
477
|
6320 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
6321 long *count;
|
|
|
6322 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
6323 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
6324 {
|
|
|
6325 int temp;
|
|
|
6326 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6327
|
|
449
|
6328 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6329 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6330 #endif
|
|
7
|
6331 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6332 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6333 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6334 # endif
|
|
|
6335 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6336 {
|
|
|
6337 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6338 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6339 }
|
|
|
6340 #endif
|
|
|
6341 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6342 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6343 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6344 #endif
|
|
|
6345
|
|
|
6346 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6347 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6348 {
|
|
|
6349 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6350 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6351 }
|
|
|
6352 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6353 {
|
|
|
6354 /*
|
|
|
6355 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6356 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6357 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6358 */
|
|
|
6359 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6360 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6361
|
|
|
6362 /*
|
|
|
6363 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6364 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6365 */
|
|
|
6366 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6367 {
|
|
|
6368 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6369 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6370 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6371 }
|
|
|
6372
|
|
|
6373 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6374 {
|
|
164
|
6375 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6376 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6377 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6378
|
|
7
|
6379 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6380 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6381 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6382 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6383 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6384 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6385 }
|
|
|
6386 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6387 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6388 }
|
|
|
6389
|
|
|
6390 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6391 * indent */
|
|
|
6392 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6393 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6396 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6397 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6398
|
|
|
6399 /*
|
|
|
6400 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
6401 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
6402 */
|
|
477
|
6403 if (!nomove
|
|
|
6404 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
6405 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6406 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6407 #endif
|
|
477
|
6408 )
|
|
|
6409 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6410 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
6411 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
6412 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6413 #endif
|
|
|
6414 ))
|
|
7
|
6415 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6416 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6417 #endif
|
|
|
6418 )
|
|
|
6419 {
|
|
|
6420 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6421 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6422 {
|
|
|
6423 oneleft();
|
|
|
6424 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6425 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6426 }
|
|
|
6427 else
|
|
|
6428 #endif
|
|
|
6429 {
|
|
|
6430 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6431 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6432 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6433 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6434 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6435 #endif
|
|
|
6436 }
|
|
|
6437 }
|
|
|
6438
|
|
|
6439 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6440 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6441 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6442 * well). */
|
|
|
6443 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6444 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6445 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6446 #endif
|
|
|
6447
|
|
|
6448 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6449 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6450 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6453 setmouse();
|
|
|
6454 #endif
|
|
|
6455 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6456 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6457 #endif
|
|
|
6458
|
|
|
6459 /*
|
|
|
6460 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6461 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6462 */
|
|
|
6463 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6464 showmode();
|
|
|
6465 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6466 MSG("");
|
|
|
6467
|
|
|
6468 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6469 }
|
|
|
6470
|
|
|
6471 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6472 /*
|
|
|
6473 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6474 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6475 */
|
|
|
6476 static void
|
|
|
6477 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6480 {
|
|
|
6481 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6482 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6483 }
|
|
|
6484 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6485 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6486 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6487 {
|
|
|
6488 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6489 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6490 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6491 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6492 }
|
|
|
6493 else
|
|
|
6494 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6495 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6496 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6497 {
|
|
|
6498 /*
|
|
|
6499 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6500 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6501 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6502 */
|
|
|
6503 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6504 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6505 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6506 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6507 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6508 }
|
|
|
6509 else
|
|
|
6510 #endif
|
|
|
6511 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6512 showmode();
|
|
|
6513 }
|
|
|
6514 #endif
|
|
|
6515
|
|
|
6516 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6517 /*
|
|
|
6518 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6519 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6520 */
|
|
|
6521 static int
|
|
|
6522 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6523 int c;
|
|
|
6524 {
|
|
|
6525 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6526 switch (c)
|
|
|
6527 {
|
|
|
6528 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6529 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6530 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6531 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6532 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6533 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6534 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6535 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6536 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6537 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6538 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6539 case K_END:
|
|
|
6540 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6541 # endif
|
|
|
6542 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6543 break;
|
|
|
6544 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6545 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6546 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6547 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6548 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6549 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6550 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6551 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6552 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6553 start_selection();
|
|
|
6554
|
|
|
6555 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6556 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6557 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6558 {
|
|
|
6559 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6560
|
|
|
6561 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6562 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6563 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6564 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6565 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6566 }
|
|
|
6567 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6568 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6569 }
|
|
|
6570 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6571 }
|
|
|
6572 #endif
|
|
|
6573
|
|
|
6574 /*
|
|
449
|
6575 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
6576 */
|
|
|
6577 static void
|
|
|
6578 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
6579 int replaceState;
|
|
|
6580 {
|
|
|
6581 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6582 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6583 {
|
|
|
6584 beep_flush();
|
|
|
6585 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
6586 return;
|
|
|
6587 }
|
|
|
6588 #endif
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6591 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
6592 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
6593 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
|
6594 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6595 #endif
|
|
|
6596 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6597 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6598 else
|
|
|
6599 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6600 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
6601 showmode();
|
|
|
6602 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6603 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6604 #endif
|
|
|
6605 }
|
|
|
6606
|
|
|
6607 /*
|
|
|
6608 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6609 */
|
|
|
6610 static void
|
|
|
6611 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
6612 {
|
|
|
6613 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6614 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6615 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
6616 else
|
|
|
6617 #endif
|
|
|
6618 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6619 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
6620 else
|
|
|
6621 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
6622 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6623 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6624 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
6625 else
|
|
|
6626 #endif
|
|
|
6627 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
6628 }
|
|
|
6629
|
|
|
6630 /*
|
|
7
|
6631 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6632 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6633 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6634 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6635 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6636 */
|
|
|
6637 static void
|
|
|
6638 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6639 int c;
|
|
|
6640 int lastc;
|
|
|
6641 {
|
|
|
6642 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6643 return;
|
|
|
6644 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6645
|
|
|
6646 /*
|
|
|
6647 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6648 */
|
|
|
6649 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6650 {
|
|
|
6651 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6652 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6653 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6654 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6655 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6656 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6657 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6658 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6659 }
|
|
|
6660 else
|
|
|
6661 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6664 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6665 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6666 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6667 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6668 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6669 #endif
|
|
|
6670 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6671 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6672 #endif
|
|
|
6673 }
|
|
|
6674
|
|
|
6675 static void
|
|
|
6676 ins_del()
|
|
|
6677 {
|
|
|
6678 int temp;
|
|
|
6679
|
|
|
6680 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6681 return;
|
|
|
6682 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6683 {
|
|
|
6684 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6685 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6686 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6687 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6688 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6689 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6690 else
|
|
|
6691 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6692 }
|
|
|
6693 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6694 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6695 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6696 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6697 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6698 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6699 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6700 #endif
|
|
|
6701 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6702 }
|
|
|
6703
|
|
|
6704 /*
|
|
|
6705 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6706 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6707 */
|
|
|
6708 static int
|
|
|
6709 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6710 int c;
|
|
|
6711 int mode;
|
|
|
6712 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6713 {
|
|
|
6714 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6715 int cc;
|
|
|
6716 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6717 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6718 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6719 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6720 int oldState;
|
|
|
6721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6722 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6723 #endif
|
|
|
6724
|
|
|
6725 /*
|
|
|
6726 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6727 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6728 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6729 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6730 */
|
|
|
6731 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6732 || (
|
|
|
6733 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6734 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6735 #endif
|
|
|
6736 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6737 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6738 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6739 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6740 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6741 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6742 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6743 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6744 {
|
|
|
6745 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6746 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6747 }
|
|
|
6748
|
|
|
6749 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6750 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6751 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6752 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6753 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6754 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6755 #endif
|
|
|
6756 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6757 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6758 #endif
|
|
|
6759 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6760 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6761 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6762 #endif
|
|
|
6763
|
|
|
6764 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6765 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6766 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6767 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6768 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6769 */
|
|
|
6770 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6771 {
|
|
|
6772 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6773 {
|
|
|
6774 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6775 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6776 }
|
|
|
6777 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6778 {
|
|
|
6779 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6780 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6781 }
|
|
|
6782 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6783 }
|
|
|
6784 #endif
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 /*
|
|
|
6787 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6788 */
|
|
|
6789 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6790 {
|
|
|
6791 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6792 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6793 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6794 || revins_on
|
|
|
6795 #endif
|
|
|
6796 )
|
|
|
6797 {
|
|
|
6798 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6799 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6800 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6801 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6802 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6803 }
|
|
|
6804 /*
|
|
|
6805 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6806 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6807 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6808 */
|
|
|
6809 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6810 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6811 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6812 /*
|
|
|
6813 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6814 * cursor.
|
|
|
6815 */
|
|
|
6816 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6817 {
|
|
|
6818 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6819 }
|
|
|
6820 else
|
|
|
6821 {
|
|
|
6822 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6823 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6824 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6825 #endif
|
|
|
6826 {
|
|
|
6827 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6828 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
6829
|
|
|
6830 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
6831 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
6832 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
6833 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
6834 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
6835 {
|
|
|
6836 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
6837 TRUE);
|
|
|
6838 int len;
|
|
|
6839
|
|
|
6840 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
6841 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
6842 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6843 }
|
|
|
6844
|
|
7
|
6845 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6846 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6847 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6848 }
|
|
|
6849 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6850 else
|
|
|
6851 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6852 #endif
|
|
|
6853
|
|
|
6854 /*
|
|
|
6855 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6856 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6857 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6858 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6859 */
|
|
|
6860 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6861 {
|
|
|
6862 /*
|
|
|
6863 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6864 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6865 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6866 */
|
|
|
6867 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6868 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6869 /*
|
|
|
6870 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6871 */
|
|
|
6872 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6873 {
|
|
|
6874 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6875 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6876 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6877 #else
|
|
|
6878 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6879 #endif
|
|
|
6880 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6881 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6882 }
|
|
|
6883 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6884 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6885 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6886 }
|
|
|
6887 }
|
|
|
6888 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6889 }
|
|
|
6890 else
|
|
|
6891 {
|
|
|
6892 /*
|
|
|
6893 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6894 */
|
|
|
6895 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6896 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6897 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6898 #endif
|
|
|
6899 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6900 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6901 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6902 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6903 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6904 #endif
|
|
|
6905 )
|
|
|
6906 {
|
|
|
6907 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6908 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6909 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6910 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6911 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6912 }
|
|
|
6913
|
|
|
6914 /*
|
|
|
6915 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6916 */
|
|
|
6917 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6918 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6919 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6920 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6921 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6922 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6923 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6924 {
|
|
|
6925 int ts;
|
|
|
6926 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6927 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6928 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6929
|
|
|
6930 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6931 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6932 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6933 else
|
|
|
6934 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6935 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6936 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6937 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6938 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6939 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6940 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6941 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6942 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6943
|
|
|
6944 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6945 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6946 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6947 {
|
|
|
6948 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6949 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6950 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6951 {
|
|
|
6952 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6953 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6954 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6955 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6956 {
|
|
|
6957 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6958 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6959 {
|
|
|
6960 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6961 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6962 }
|
|
|
6963 else
|
|
|
6964 #endif
|
|
|
6965 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6966 }
|
|
|
6967 }
|
|
|
6968 else
|
|
|
6969 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6970 }
|
|
|
6971
|
|
|
6972 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6973 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6974 {
|
|
|
6975 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6976 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6977 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6978 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6979
|
|
|
6980 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6981 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6982 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
6983 else
|
|
|
6984 #endif
|
|
|
6985 {
|
|
|
6986 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
6987 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
6988 {
|
|
|
6989 if (extra)
|
|
|
6990 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
6991 else
|
|
|
6992 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
6993 }
|
|
|
6994 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
6995 extra = 1;
|
|
|
6996 }
|
|
|
6997 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6998 }
|
|
|
6999 }
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 /*
|
|
|
7002 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7003 */
|
|
|
7004 else do
|
|
|
7005 {
|
|
|
7006 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7007 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7008 #endif
|
|
|
7009 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7010
|
|
|
7011 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7012 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7013 {
|
|
|
7014 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7015 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7016 }
|
|
|
7017 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7018 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7019 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7020 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7021 {
|
|
|
7022 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7023 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7024 #endif
|
|
|
7025 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7026 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7027 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7028 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7029 #endif
|
|
|
7030 break;
|
|
|
7031 }
|
|
|
7032 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7033 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7034 else
|
|
|
7035 {
|
|
|
7036 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7037 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7038 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7039 #endif
|
|
|
7040 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7042 /*
|
|
|
7043 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7044 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7045 * character.
|
|
|
7046 */
|
|
|
7047 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7048 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7049 #endif
|
|
|
7050 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7051 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7052 {
|
|
|
7053 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7054 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7055 }
|
|
|
7056 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7057 break;
|
|
|
7058 #endif
|
|
|
7059 }
|
|
|
7060 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7061 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7062 break;
|
|
|
7063 } while (
|
|
|
7064 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7065 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7066 #endif
|
|
|
7067 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7068 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7069 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7070 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7071 }
|
|
|
7072 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7073 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7074 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7075 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7076 #endif
|
|
|
7077 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7078 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7079 /*
|
|
|
7080 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7081 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7082 * with.
|
|
|
7083 */
|
|
|
7084 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7085
|
|
|
7086 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7087 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7088 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7089 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7092 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7093 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7094 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7095 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7096 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7097 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7098 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7099 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7100
|
|
|
7101 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7102 }
|
|
|
7103
|
|
|
7104 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7105 static void
|
|
|
7106 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7107 int c;
|
|
|
7108 {
|
|
|
7109 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7110
|
|
|
7111 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7112 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7113 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7114 # endif
|
|
|
7115 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7116 return;
|
|
|
7117
|
|
|
7118 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7119 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7120 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7121 {
|
|
|
7122 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7123 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7124 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7125 # endif
|
|
|
7126 }
|
|
|
7127
|
|
|
7128 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7129 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7130 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7131 #endif
|
|
|
7132 }
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 static void
|
|
|
7135 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7136 int up;
|
|
|
7137 {
|
|
|
7138 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7139 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7140 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7141 # endif
|
|
|
7142
|
|
|
7143 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7144
|
|
|
7145 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7146 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7149 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7150 {
|
|
|
7151 int row, col;
|
|
|
7152
|
|
|
7153 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7154 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7155
|
|
|
7156 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7157 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7158 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7159 }
|
|
|
7160 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7161 # endif
|
|
|
7162 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7163
|
|
|
7164 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7165 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7166 else
|
|
|
7167 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7168
|
|
|
7169 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7170 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7171
|
|
|
7172 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7173 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7174 # endif
|
|
|
7175
|
|
|
7176 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7177 {
|
|
|
7178 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7179 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7180 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7181 # endif
|
|
|
7182 }
|
|
|
7183 }
|
|
|
7184 #endif
|
|
|
7185
|
|
|
7186 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7187 void
|
|
|
7188 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7189 {
|
|
|
7190 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7191
|
|
|
7192 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7193 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7194 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7195 {
|
|
|
7196 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7197 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7198 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7199 # endif
|
|
|
7200 }
|
|
|
7201 }
|
|
|
7202
|
|
|
7203 void
|
|
|
7204 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7205 {
|
|
|
7206 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7207
|
|
|
7208 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7209 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7210 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7211 {
|
|
|
7212 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7213 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7214 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7215 # endif
|
|
|
7216 }
|
|
|
7217 }
|
|
|
7218 #endif
|
|
|
7219
|
|
|
7220 static void
|
|
|
7221 ins_left()
|
|
|
7222 {
|
|
|
7223 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7224
|
|
|
7225 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7226 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7227 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7228 #endif
|
|
|
7229 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7230 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7231 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7232 {
|
|
|
7233 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7234 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7235 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7236 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7237 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7238 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7239 #endif
|
|
|
7240 }
|
|
|
7241
|
|
|
7242 /*
|
|
|
7243 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7244 * previous line
|
|
|
7245 */
|
|
|
7246 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7247 {
|
|
|
7248 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7249 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7250 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7251 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7252 }
|
|
|
7253 else
|
|
|
7254 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7255 }
|
|
|
7256
|
|
|
7257 static void
|
|
|
7258 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7259 int c;
|
|
|
7260 {
|
|
|
7261 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7262
|
|
|
7263 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7264 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7265 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7266 #endif
|
|
|
7267 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7268 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7269 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7270 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7271 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7272 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7273 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7274 #endif
|
|
|
7275 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7276 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7277 }
|
|
|
7278
|
|
|
7279 static void
|
|
|
7280 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7281 int c;
|
|
|
7282 {
|
|
|
7283 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7284
|
|
|
7285 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7286 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7287 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7288 #endif
|
|
|
7289 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7290 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7291 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7293 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7294 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7295
|
|
|
7296 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7297 }
|
|
|
7298
|
|
|
7299 static void
|
|
|
7300 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7301 {
|
|
|
7302 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7303 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7304 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7305 #endif
|
|
|
7306 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7307 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7308 {
|
|
|
7309 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7310 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7311 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7312 }
|
|
|
7313 else
|
|
|
7314 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7315 }
|
|
|
7316
|
|
|
7317 static void
|
|
|
7318 ins_right()
|
|
|
7319 {
|
|
|
7320 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7321 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7322 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7323 #endif
|
|
|
7324 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7325 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7326 )
|
|
|
7327 {
|
|
|
7328 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7329 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7330 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7331 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7332 oneright();
|
|
|
7333 else
|
|
|
7334 #endif
|
|
|
7335 {
|
|
|
7336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7337 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
7338 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7339 else
|
|
|
7340 #endif
|
|
|
7341 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7342 }
|
|
|
7343
|
|
|
7344 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7345 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7346 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7347 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7348 #endif
|
|
|
7349 }
|
|
|
7350 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7351 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7352 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7353 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7354 {
|
|
|
7355 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7356 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7357 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7358 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7359 }
|
|
|
7360 else
|
|
|
7361 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7362 }
|
|
|
7363
|
|
|
7364 static void
|
|
|
7365 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7366 {
|
|
|
7367 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7368 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7369 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7370 #endif
|
|
|
7371 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7372 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7373 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7374 {
|
|
|
7375 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7376 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7377 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7378 }
|
|
|
7379 else
|
|
|
7380 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7381 }
|
|
|
7382
|
|
|
7383 static void
|
|
|
7384 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7385 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7386 {
|
|
|
7387 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7388 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7389 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7390 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7391 #endif
|
|
|
7392
|
|
|
7393 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7394 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7395 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7396 {
|
|
|
7397 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7398 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7399 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7400 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7401 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7402 #endif
|
|
|
7403 )
|
|
|
7404 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7405 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7406 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7407 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7408 #endif
|
|
|
7409 }
|
|
|
7410 else
|
|
|
7411 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7412 }
|
|
|
7413
|
|
|
7414 static void
|
|
|
7415 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7416 {
|
|
|
7417 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7420 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7421 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7422 {
|
|
|
7423 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7424 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7425 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7426 #endif
|
|
|
7427 }
|
|
|
7428 else
|
|
|
7429 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7430 }
|
|
|
7431
|
|
|
7432 static void
|
|
|
7433 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7434 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7435 {
|
|
|
7436 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7437 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7438 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7439 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7440 #endif
|
|
|
7441
|
|
|
7442 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7443 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7444 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7445 {
|
|
|
7446 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7447 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7448 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7449 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7450 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7451 #endif
|
|
|
7452 )
|
|
|
7453 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7454 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7455 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7456 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7457 #endif
|
|
|
7458 }
|
|
|
7459 else
|
|
|
7460 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7461 }
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 static void
|
|
|
7464 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7465 {
|
|
|
7466 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7467
|
|
|
7468 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7469 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7470 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7471 {
|
|
|
7472 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7473 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7474 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7475 #endif
|
|
|
7476 }
|
|
|
7477 else
|
|
|
7478 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7479 }
|
|
|
7480
|
|
|
7481 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7482 static void
|
|
|
7483 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7484 {
|
|
|
7485 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7486 }
|
|
|
7487 #endif
|
|
|
7488
|
|
|
7489 /*
|
|
|
7490 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7491 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7492 */
|
|
|
7493 static int
|
|
|
7494 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7495 {
|
|
|
7496 int ind;
|
|
|
7497 int i;
|
|
|
7498 int temp;
|
|
|
7499
|
|
|
7500 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7501 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7502 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7503 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7504
|
|
|
7505 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7506 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7507 if (ind)
|
|
|
7508 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7509 #endif
|
|
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 /*
|
|
|
7512 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7513 */
|
|
|
7514 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7515 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7516 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7517 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7518
|
|
|
7519 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7520 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7521
|
|
|
7522 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7523 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7524 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7525 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7526 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7527 #endif
|
|
|
7528 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7529
|
|
|
7530 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7531 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7532 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7533 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7534 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7535 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7536 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 /*
|
|
|
7539 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7540 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7541 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7542 */
|
|
|
7543 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7544 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7545 {
|
|
|
7546 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7547 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7548 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7549 else
|
|
|
7550 #endif
|
|
|
7551 {
|
|
|
7552 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7553 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7554 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7555 }
|
|
|
7556 }
|
|
|
7557
|
|
|
7558 /*
|
|
|
7559 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7560 */
|
|
|
7561 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7562 {
|
|
|
7563 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7564 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7565 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7566 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7567 #endif
|
|
|
7568 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7569 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7570 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7571 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7572 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7573
|
|
|
7574 /*
|
|
|
7575 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7576 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7577 */
|
|
|
7578 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7579 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7580 {
|
|
|
7581 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7582 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7583 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7584 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7585 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7586 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7587 }
|
|
|
7588 else
|
|
|
7589 #endif
|
|
|
7590 {
|
|
|
7591 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7592 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7593 }
|
|
|
7594
|
|
|
7595 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7596 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7597 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7598
|
|
|
7599 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7600 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7601 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7602 {
|
|
|
7603 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7604 --ptr;
|
|
|
7605 }
|
|
|
7606
|
|
|
7607 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7608 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7609 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7610 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7611 {
|
|
|
7612 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7613 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7614 }
|
|
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7617 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7618 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7619
|
|
|
7620 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7621 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7622 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7623 {
|
|
|
7624 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7625 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7626 break;
|
|
|
7627 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7628 {
|
|
|
7629 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7630 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7631 {
|
|
|
7632 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7633 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7634 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7635 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7636 }
|
|
|
7637 }
|
|
|
7638 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7639 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7640 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7641 }
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7644 {
|
|
|
7645 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7646
|
|
|
7647 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7648 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7649 {
|
|
|
7650 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7651 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7652 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7653 }
|
|
|
7654 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7655 {
|
|
|
7656 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7657 --ptr;
|
|
|
7658 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7659 }
|
|
|
7660 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7661
|
|
|
7662 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7663 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7664 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7665 {
|
|
|
7666 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7667 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7668 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7669 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7670 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7671 #endif
|
|
|
7672 )
|
|
|
7673 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7674 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7675 }
|
|
33
|
7676 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7677 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7678 {
|
|
|
7679 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7680 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7681 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7682 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7683 }
|
|
|
7684 #endif
|
|
7
|
7685 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7688 /*
|
|
|
7689 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7690 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7691 * spacing.
|
|
|
7692 */
|
|
|
7693 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7694 {
|
|
|
7695 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7696 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7697
|
|
|
7698 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7699 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7700 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7701 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7702 }
|
|
|
7703 #endif
|
|
|
7704 }
|
|
|
7705
|
|
|
7706 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7707 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7708 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7709 #endif
|
|
|
7710 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7711 }
|
|
|
7712
|
|
|
7713 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7714 }
|
|
|
7715
|
|
|
7716 /*
|
|
|
7717 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7718 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7719 */
|
|
|
7720 static int
|
|
|
7721 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7722 int c;
|
|
|
7723 {
|
|
|
7724 int i;
|
|
|
7725
|
|
|
7726 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7727 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7728 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7729 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7730 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7731
|
|
|
7732 /*
|
|
|
7733 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7734 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7735 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7736 */
|
|
|
7737 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7738 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7739 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7740 #endif
|
|
|
7741 )
|
|
|
7742 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7743
|
|
|
7744 /*
|
|
|
7745 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7746 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7747 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7748 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7749 */
|
|
|
7750
|
|
|
7751 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7752 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7753 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7754 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7755 # endif
|
|
|
7756 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7757 * current line. */
|
|
|
7758 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7759 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7760 #endif
|
|
|
7761
|
|
|
7762 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7763 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7764 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7765 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7766 #endif
|
|
|
7767 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7768 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7769 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7770 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7771 #endif
|
|
|
7772
|
|
|
7773 return (!i);
|
|
|
7774 }
|
|
|
7775
|
|
|
7776 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7777 /*
|
|
|
7778 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7779 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7780 * done.
|
|
|
7781 */
|
|
|
7782 static int
|
|
|
7783 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7784 {
|
|
|
7785 int c;
|
|
|
7786 int cc;
|
|
|
7787
|
|
|
7788 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7789 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7790 {
|
|
|
7791 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7792 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7793
|
|
|
7794 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7795 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7796 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7797 #endif
|
|
|
7798 }
|
|
|
7799
|
|
|
7800 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7801 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7802 #endif
|
|
|
7803
|
|
|
7804 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7805 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7806 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7807 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7808 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7809 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7810 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7811 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7812 {
|
|
|
7813 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7814 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7815 #endif
|
|
|
7816 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7817 return NUL;
|
|
|
7818 }
|
|
|
7819 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7820 {
|
|
|
7821 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7822 {
|
|
|
7823 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7824 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7825
|
|
|
7826 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7827 {
|
|
|
7828 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7829 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7830 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7831 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7832 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7833 }
|
|
|
7834 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7835 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7836 #endif
|
|
|
7837 }
|
|
|
7838 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7839 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7840 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7841 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7842 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7843 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7844 {
|
|
|
7845 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7846 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7847 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7848 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7849 #endif
|
|
|
7850 return c;
|
|
|
7851 }
|
|
|
7852 }
|
|
|
7853 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7854 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7855 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7856 #endif
|
|
|
7857 return NUL;
|
|
|
7858 }
|
|
|
7859 #endif
|
|
|
7860
|
|
|
7861 /*
|
|
|
7862 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7863 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7864 */
|
|
|
7865 static int
|
|
|
7866 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7867 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7868 {
|
|
|
7869 int c;
|
|
|
7870 int temp;
|
|
|
7871 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7872
|
|
|
7873 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7874 {
|
|
|
7875 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7876 return NUL;
|
|
|
7877 }
|
|
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7880 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7881 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7882 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7883 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7884 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7885 {
|
|
|
7886 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7887 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7888 }
|
|
|
7889 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7890 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7893 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7894 #else
|
|
|
7895 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7896 #endif
|
|
|
7897 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7898 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7899 return c;
|
|
|
7900 }
|
|
|
7901
|
|
449
|
7902 /*
|
|
|
7903 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7904 */
|
|
|
7905 static int
|
|
|
7906 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
7907 int tc;
|
|
|
7908 {
|
|
|
7909 int c = tc;
|
|
|
7910
|
|
|
7911 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7912 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
7913 {
|
|
|
7914 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
7915 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
7916 else
|
|
|
7917 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
7918 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7919 }
|
|
|
7920 else
|
|
|
7921 #endif
|
|
|
7922 {
|
|
|
7923 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
7924 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
7925 {
|
|
|
7926 long tw_save;
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
7929 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
7930 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
7931 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
7932 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
7933 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
7934 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
7935 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
7936 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7937 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
7938 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7939 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7940 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7941 #endif
|
|
|
7942 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
7943 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
7944 }
|
|
|
7945 }
|
|
|
7946 return c;
|
|
|
7947 }
|
|
|
7948
|
|
7
|
7949 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7950 /*
|
|
|
7951 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7952 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7953 */
|
|
|
7954 static void
|
|
|
7955 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7956 int c;
|
|
|
7957 {
|
|
|
7958 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7959 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7960 int i;
|
|
|
7961 int temp;
|
|
|
7962
|
|
|
7963 /*
|
|
|
7964 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7965 */
|
|
|
7966 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7967 {
|
|
|
7968 /*
|
|
|
7969 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7970 */
|
|
|
7971 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7972 {
|
|
|
7973 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7974 /*
|
|
|
7975 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7976 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7977 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7978 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7979 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7980 */
|
|
|
7981 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
7982 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
7983 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
7984 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
7985 ;
|
|
|
7986 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7987 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
7988 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7989 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
7990 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7991 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7992 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7993 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7994 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
7995 else
|
|
|
7996 #endif
|
|
|
7997 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7998 }
|
|
|
7999 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8000 {
|
|
|
8001 /*
|
|
|
8002 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8003 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8004 */
|
|
|
8005 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8006 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8007 {
|
|
|
8008 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8009 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8010 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8011 {
|
|
|
8012 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8013
|
|
|
8014 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8015 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8016 break;
|
|
|
8017 }
|
|
|
8018 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8019 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8020 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8021 }
|
|
|
8022 if (temp)
|
|
|
8023 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8024 }
|
|
|
8025 }
|
|
|
8026
|
|
|
8027 /*
|
|
|
8028 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8029 */
|
|
|
8030 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8031 {
|
|
|
8032 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8033 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8034 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8035 }
|
|
|
8036
|
|
|
8037 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8038 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8039 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8040 }
|
|
|
8041 #endif
|
|
|
8042
|
|
|
8043 /*
|
|
|
8044 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8045 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8046 */
|
|
|
8047 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8048 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8049 {
|
|
|
8050 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8051 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8052 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8053 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8054 }
|
